MSP430FR57xx Datasheet

Product
Folder
Sample &
Buy
Technical
Documents
Tools &
Software
Support &
Community
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
MSP430FR573x Mixed-Signal Microcontrollers
1 Device Overview
1.1
Features
1
• Embedded Microcontroller
– 16-Bit RISC Architecture up to 24-MHz Clock
– Wide Supply Voltage Range (2 V to 3.6 V)
– –40°C to 85°C Operation
• Optimized Ultra-Low-Power Modes
– Active Mode: 81.4 µA/MHz (Typical)
– Standby (LPM3 With VLO): 6.3 µA (Typical)
– Real-Time Clock (RTC) (LPM3.5 With Crystal):
1.5 µA (Typical)
– Shutdown (LPM4.5): 0.32 µA (Typical)
• Ultra-Low-Power Ferroelectric RAM (FRAM)
– Up to 16KB of Nonvolatile Memory
– Ultra-Low-Power Writes
– Fast Write at 125 ns per Word (16KB in 1 ms)
– Built-In Error Correction Coding (ECC) and
Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
– Universal Memory = Program + Data + Storage
– 1015 Write Cycle Endurance
– Radiation Resistant and Nonmagnetic
• Intelligent Digital Peripherals
– 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier (MPY)
– Three-Channel Internal DMA
– Real-Time Clock (RTC) With Calendar and
Alarm Functions
– Five 16-Bit Timers With up to Three
Capture/Compare Registers
– 16-Bit Cyclic Redundancy Checker (CRC)
• High-Performance Analog
– 16-Channel Analog Comparator With Voltage
Reference and Programmable Hysteresis
– 14-Channel 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter
(ADC) With Internal Reference and Sample-andHold
• 200 ksps at 100-µA Consumption
1.2
•
•
• Enhanced Serial Communication
– eUSCI_A0 and eUSCI_A1 Support:
• UART With Automatic Baud-Rate Detection
• IrDA Encode and Decode
• SPI at Rates up to 10 Mbps
– eUSCI_B0 Supports:
• I2C With Multiple-Slave Addressing
• SPI at Rates up to 10 Mbps
– Hardware UART Bootloader (BSL)
• Power Management System
– Fully Integrated LDO
– Supply Voltage Supervisor for Core and Supply
Voltages With Reset Capability
– Always-On Zero-Power Brownout Detection
– Serial Onboard Programming With No External
Voltage Needed
• Flexible Clock System
– Fixed-Frequency DCO With Six Selectable
Factory-Trimmed Frequencies (Device
Dependent)
– Low-Power Low-Frequency Internal Clock
Source (VLO)
– 32-kHz Crystals (LFXT)
– High-Frequency Crystals (HFXT)
• Development Tools and Software
– Free Professional Development Environment
(Code Composer Studio™ IDE)
– Low-Cost Full-Featured Kit
(MSP-EXP430FR5739)
– Full Development Kit (MSP-FET430U40A)
– Target Board (MSP-TS430RHA40A)
• Family Members
– See Table 3-1 for Available Device Variants and
Packages
– For Complete Module Descriptions, See the
MSP430FR57xx Family User's Guide
Applications
Home Automation
Security
•
•
Sensor Management
Data Acquisition
CAUTION
These products use FRAM nonvolatile memory technology. FRAM retention is sensitive to extreme temperatures,
such as those experienced during reflow or hand soldering. See Absolute Maximum Ratings for more information.
CAUTION
System-level ESD protection must be applied in compliance with the device-level ESD specification to prevent
electrical overstress or disturb of data or code memory. See the application report MSP430™ System-Level ESD
Considerations (SLAA530) for more information.
1
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
1.3
www.ti.com
Description
The TI MSP430FR573x family of ultra-low-power microcontrollers consists of multiple devices that feature
embedded FRAM nonvolatile memory, ultra-low-power 16-bit MSP430™ CPU, and different peripherals
targeted for various applications. The architecture, FRAM, and peripherals, combined with seven lowpower modes, are optimized to achieve extended battery life in portable and wireless sensing applications.
FRAM is a new nonvolatile memory that combines the speed, flexibility, and endurance of SRAM with the
stability and reliability of flash, all at lower total power consumption. Peripherals include a 10-bit ADC, a
16-channel comparator with voltage reference generation and hysteresis capabilities, three enhanced
serial channels capable of I2C, SPI, or UART protocols, an internal DMA, a hardware multiplier, an RTC,
five 16-bit timers, and digital I/Os.
Device Information (1)
PART NUMBER
BODY SIZE (2)
PACKAGE
MSP430FR5739RHA
VQFN (40)
6 mm × 6 mm
MSP430FR5739DA
TSSOP (38)
12.5 mm × 6.2 mm
MSP430FR5738RGE
VQFN (24)
4 mm × 4 mm
MSP430FR5738PW
TSSOP (28)
9.7 mm × 4.4 mm
MSP430FR5738YQD
DSBGA (24)
2 mm × 2 mm
(1)
(2)
1.4
For the most current part, package, and ordering information, see the Package Option Addendum in Section 8, or see the TI website at
www.ti.com.
The dimensions shown here are approximations. For the package dimensions with tolerances, see the Mechanical Data in Section 8.
Functional Block Diagram
Figure 1-1 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5735, and
MSP430FR5739 devices in the RHA package. For the functional block diagrams for all device variants
and package options, see Section 6.1.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
8KB
SMCLK
4KB
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
(FR5731)
Boot
ROM
Power
Management
SYS
Watchdog
P3.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
(FR5739)
(FR5735)
PA
P2.x
REF
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×16 I/Os
SVS
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
PB
P4.x
I/O Ports
P3/P4
1×8 I/Os
1×2 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PB
1×10 I/Os
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
TB1
TB2
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(3) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
eUSCI_A1:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
ADC10_B
10 bit
200 ksps
Comp_D
16 channels
14 channels
(12 ext/2 int)
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5739
2
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table of Contents
1
2
3
Device Overview ......................................... 1
5.18
PMM, Core Voltage ................................. 27
1.1
Features .............................................. 1
5.19
PMM, SVS, BOR .................................... 27
1.2
Applications ........................................... 1
5.20
Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes
27
1.3
Description ............................................ 2
5.21
Timer_A
28
1.4
Functional Block Diagram ............................ 2
5.22
Revision History ......................................... 4
Device Comparison ..................................... 5
5.23
Related Products ..................................... 6
5.25
Terminal Configuration and Functions .............. 7
5.26
4.1
5.27
3.1
4
4.2
4.3
5
Pin Diagram – RHA Package –
MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5733,
MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5739 7
Pin Diagram – DA Package –
MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5733,
MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5739 8
Pin Diagram – RGE Package –
MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5732,
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5738 8
4.4
4.5
Pin Diagram – YQD Package – MSP430FR5738 .... 9
Pin Diagram – PW Package –
MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5732,
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5738 9
4.6
Signal Descriptions .................................. 10
Specifications ........................................... 15
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
........................
ESD Ratings ........................................
Recommended Operating Conditions ...............
Absolute Maximum Ratings
5.28
5.29
6
15
15
15
Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding
External Current ..................................... 16
Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC)
Excluding External Current.......................... 17
Thermal Resistance Characteristics ................
Schmitt-Trigger Inputs – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to
P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5, RST/NMI) .......................
Inputs – Ports P1 and P2
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7) ........................
Leakage Current – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to
P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5, RST/NMI) .......................
Outputs – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to
P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5) .................................
Output Frequency – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to
P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5) .................................
18
19
19
7
19
20
20
5.12
Typical Characteristics – Outputs ................... 21
5.13
5.14
Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency (LF) Mode 23
Crystal Oscillator, XT1, High-Frequency (HF) Mode
...................................................... 24
Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator
(VLO) ................................................ 25
5.15
5.24
5.16
DCO Frequencies ................................... 26
5.17
MODOSC............................................ 26
8
..........
.............................................
Timer_B .............................................
eUSCI (UART Mode) Clock Frequency .............
eUSCI (UART Mode)................................
eUSCI (SPI Master Mode) Clock Frequency .......
eUSCI (SPI Master Mode) ..........................
eUSCI (SPI Slave Mode) ...........................
eUSCI (I2C Mode) ...................................
28
29
29
31
33
10-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range
Conditions ........................................... 34
....................
..................
5.32 REF, External Reference ...........................
5.33 REF, Built-In Reference .............................
5.34 REF, Temperature Sensor and Built-In VMID .......
5.35 Comparator_D .......................................
5.36 FRAM................................................
5.37 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface ....................
Detailed Description ...................................
6.1
Functional Block Diagrams..........................
6.2
CPU .................................................
6.3
Operating Modes ....................................
6.4
Interrupt Vector Addresses..........................
6.5
Memory Organization ...............................
6.6
Bootloader (BSL) ....................................
6.7
JTAG Operation .....................................
6.8
FRAM ...............................................
6.9
Memory Protection Unit (MPU) .....................
6.10 Peripherals ..........................................
6.11 Input/Output Diagrams .............................
6.12 Device Descriptors (TLV) ...........................
Device and Documentation Support ...............
7.1
Getting Started ......................................
7.2
Device Nomenclature ...............................
7.3
Tools and Software .................................
7.4
Documentation Support .............................
7.5
Related Links ........................................
7.6
Community Resources ..............................
7.7
Trademarks..........................................
7.8
Electrostatic Discharge Caution .....................
7.9
Export Control Notice ...............................
7.10 Glossary .............................................
5.30
10-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters
34
5.31
10-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters
34
35
35
36
37
37
38
39
39
44
44
45
47
48
48
49
49
49
69
89
92
92
92
94
96
98
98
98
98
98
99
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable
Information .............................................. 99
8.1
Packaging Information
..............................
Table of Contents
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
28
28
99
3
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
2 Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
Changes from June 15, 2014 to April 25, 2016
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
4
Page
Added Section 3.1, Related Products ............................................................................................. 6
Changed all ball coordinates on YQD package (rotated package relative to prior orientation) ............................ 9
Changed all ball coordinates for the YQD package in Table 4-1, Signal Descriptions .................................... 10
Moved Tstg to Absolute Maximum Ratings, and removed Handling Ratings table.......................................... 15
Added Section 5.2, ESD Ratings ................................................................................................. 15
Added Section 5.6, Thermal Resistance Characteristics ...................................................................... 18
Changed the note that starts "Tools that access the Spy-Bi-Wire and BSL interfaces..." ................................. 38
Changed all cases of "bootstrap loader" to "bootloader"....................................................................... 48
Corrected spelling of NMIIFG in Table 6-6, System Module Interrupt Vector Registers ................................... 51
Changed ball coordinates for the YQD package in Table 6-8, TA0 Signal Connections .................................. 53
Changed ball coordinates for the YQD package in Table 6-9, TA1 Signal Connections .................................. 54
Changed ball coordinates for the YQD package in Table 6-10, TB0 Signal Connections................................. 55
Moved and changed the title of Section 6.11, Input/Output Diagrams ...................................................... 69
Switched P1SEL0.x and P1SEL1.x in P1.0 to P1.2 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 69
Switched P1SEL0.x and P1SEL1.x in P1.3 to P1.5 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 71
Switched P1SEL0.x and P1SEL1.x in P1.6 and P1.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers................ 73
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.0 to P2.2 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 74
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.3 and P2.4 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers................ 75
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.5 and P2.6 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers................ 77
Switched P2SEL0.x and P2SEL1.x in P2.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 78
Switched P3SEL0.x and P3SEL1.x in P3.0 to P3.3 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 79
Switched P3SEL0.x and P3SEL1.x in P3.4 to P3.6 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 81
Switched P3SEL0.x and P3SEL1.x in P3.7 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 82
Switched P4SEL0.x and P4SEL1.x in P4.0 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 83
Switched P4SEL0.x and P4SEL1.x in P4.1 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 84
Switched PJSEL0.x and PJSEL1.x in PJ.0 to PJ.2 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers .................. 85
Switched PJSEL0.x and PJSEL1.x in PJ.3 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ............................ 85
Switched PJSEL0.4 and PJSEL1.4 in PJ.4 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 87
Switched PJSEL0.5 and PJSEL1.5 in PJ.5 schematic to show correct inputs to multiplexers ........................... 88
Moved Section 6.12, Device Descriptors (TLV) ................................................................................. 89
Replaced former section Development Tools Support with Section 7.3, Tools and Software ............................ 94
Updated Section 7.4, Documentation Support .................................................................................. 96
Revision History
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
3 Device Comparison
Table 3-1 summarizes the available family members.
Table 3-1. Family Members (1) (2)
DEVICE
SRAM
(KB)
SYSTEM
CLOCK
(MHz)
ADC10_B
Comp_D
MSP430FR5739
16
1
24
12 ext, 2 int ch.
16 ch.
6 ext, 2 int ch.
10 ch.
MSP430FR5738
16
1
24
8 ext, 2 int ch.
12 ch.
6 ext, 2 int ch.
10 ch.
–
16 ch.
MSP430FR5737
MSP430FR5736
MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734
16
8
8
1
1
1
1
24
24
24
24
–
6 ext, 2 int ch.
10 ch.
8 ext, 2 int ch.
12 ch.
24
–
MSP430FR5732
8
1
24
–
4
1
1
24
24
12 ch.
16 ch.
1
4
10 ch.
12 ext, 2 int ch.
8
MSP430FR5730
(4)
16
MSP430FR5733
MSP430FR5731
(1)
(2)
(3)
eUSCI
FRAM
(KB)
16 ch.
10 ch.
12 ch.
12 ext, 2 int ch.
16 ch.
6 ext, 2 int ch.
10 ch.
8 ext, 2 int ch.
12 ch.
Timer_A
(3)
Timer_B
(4)
Channel A:
UART, IrDA,
SPI
Channel B:
SPI, I2C
3, 3
3, 3, 3
2
1
3, 3
3
1
1
3, 3
3, 3
3, 3
3, 3
3, 3, 3
3
3, 3, 3
3
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
3, 3
3, 3, 3
2
1
3, 3
3
1
1
3, 3
3, 3
3, 3, 3
3
2
1
1
1
I/O
PACKAGE
32
RHA
30
DA
17
RGE
21
PW
17
YQD
32
RHA
30
DA
17
RGE
21
PW
32
RHA
30
DA
17
RGE
21
PW
32
RHA
30
DA
17
RGE
21
PW
32
RHA
30
DA
17
RGE
21
PW
For the most current package and ordering information, see the Package Option Addendum in Section 8, or see the TI website at www.ti.com.
Package drawings, standard packing quantities, thermal data, symbolization, and PCB design guidelines are available at www.ti.com/packaging.
Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_A with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM output generators available. For example, a
number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_A, the first instantiation having 3 and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output
generators, respectively.
Each number in the sequence represents an instantiation of Timer_B with its associated number of capture/compare registers and PWM output generators available. For example, a
number sequence of 3, 5 would represent two instantiations of Timer_B, the first instantiation having 3 and the second instantiation having 5 capture/compare registers and PWM output
generators, respectively.
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Device Comparison
5
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
3.1
www.ti.com
Related Products
For information about other devices in this family of products or related products, see the following links.
Products for MSP 16-Bit and 32-Bit MCUs Low-power mixed-signal processors with smart analog and
digital peripherals for a wide range of industrial and consumer applications.
Products for Ultra-Low-Power MCUs MSP Ultra-Low-Power microcontrollers (MCUs) from Texas
Instruments (TI) offer the lowest power consumption and the perfect mix of integrated
peripherals for a wide range of low power and portable applications.
Products for MSP430FRxx FRAM MCUs 16-bit microcontrollers for ultra-low-power sensing and system
management in building automation, smart grid, and industrial designs.
Companion Products for MSP430FR5739 Review products that are frequently purchased or used in
conjunction with this product.
Reference Designs for MSP430FR5739 TI Designs Reference Design Library is a robust reference
design library that spans analog, embedded processor, and connectivity. Created by TI
experts to help you jump start your system design, all TI Designs include schematic or block
diagrams, BOMs, and design files to speed your time to market. Search and download
designs at ti.com/tidesigns.
6
Device Comparison
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
4 Terminal Configuration and Functions
4.1
Pin Diagram – RHA Package –
MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5739
Figure 4-1 shows the pin diagram for the MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5735,
MSP430FR5737, and MSP430FR5739 devices in the 40-pin RHA package.
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7*/CD11
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6*/CD10
P2.7
DVCC
DVSS
31
32
33
35
34
30
29
3
28
4
27
5
26
VCORE
P1.7/TB1.2/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1.6/TB1.1/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.7/TB2.2
P3.6/TB2.1/TB1CLK
P3.5/TB1.2/CDOUT
P3.4/TB1.1/TB2CLK/SMCLK
P2.2/TB2.2/UCB0CLK/TB1.0
P2.1/TB2.1/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P2.0/TB2.0/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
20
19
18
21
17
22
10
16
23
9
15
8
14
24
13
25
7
11
6
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/CD6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/TB1OUTH/MCLK/CD7
PJ.2/TMS/TB2OUTH/ACLK/CD8
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
P4.0/TB2.0
Note:
36
37
39
1
2
12
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0*/CD0/VeREF-*
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/CDOUT/A1*/CD1/VeREF+*
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/CDOUT/A2*/CD2
P3.0/A12*/CD12
P3.1/A13*/CD13
P3.2/A14*/CD14
P3.3/A15*/CD15
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3*/CD3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4*/CD4
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5*/CD5
38
40
AVSS
PJ.4/XIN
PJ.5/XOUT
AVSS
AVCC
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
P2.6/TB1.0/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
P4.1
* Not available on MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5733
Exposed thermal pad connection to VSS recommended.
Figure 4-1. 40-Pin RHA Package (Top View)
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
7
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
4.2
www.ti.com
Pin Diagram – DA Package –
MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5739
Figure 4-2 shows the pin diagram for the MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5735,
MSP430FR5737, and MSP430FR5739 devices in the 38-pin DA package.
PJ.4/XIN
PJ.5/XOUT
AVSS
AVCC
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0*/CD0/VeREF-*
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/CDOUT/A1*/CD1/VeREF+*
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/CDOUT/A2*/CD2
P3.0/A12*/CD12
P3.1/A13*/CD13
P3.2/A14*/CD14
P3.3/A15*/CD15
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3*/CD3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4*/CD4
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5*/CD5
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/CD6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/TB1OUTH/MCLK/CD7
PJ.2/TMS/TB2OUTH/ACLK/CD8
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
1
38
2
37
3
36
4
35
5
34
6
33
7
32
8
31
9
30
10
29
11
28
12
27
13
26
14
25
15
24
16
23
17
22
18
21
19
20
AVSS
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7*/CD11
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6*/CD10
P2.7
DVCC
DVSS
VCORE
P1.7/TB1.2/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1.6/TB1.1/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P3.7/TB2.2
P3.6/TB2.1/TB1CLK
P3.5/TB1.2/CDOUT
P3.4/TB1.1/TB2CLK/SMCLK
P2.2/TB2.2/UCB0CLK/TB1.0
P2.1/TB2.1/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P2.0/TB2.0/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
P2.6/TB1.0/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
* Not available on MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5733
Figure 4-2. 38-Pin DA Package (Top View)
4.3
Pin Diagram – RGE Package –
MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5738
Figure 4-3 shows the pin diagram for the MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5734,
MSP430FR5736, and MSP430FR5738 devices in the 24-pin RGE package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC
DVSS
19
20
21
18
17
13
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/CD6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/CD7
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/CD8
* Not available on MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5732
Exposed thermal pad connection to VSS recommended.
VCORE
P1.7/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1.6/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P2.2/UCB0CLK
P2.1/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P2.0/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
12
14
11
5
6
10
16
15
9
3
4
7
Note:
23
1
2
8
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0*/CD0/VeREF-*
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/CDOUT/A1*/CD1/VeREF+*
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/CDOUT/A2*/CD2
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3*/CD3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4*/CD4
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5*/CD5
22
24
PJ.5/XOUT
AVSS
AVCC
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
Figure 4-3. 24-Pin RGE Package (Top View)
8
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
4.4
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Pin Diagram – YQD Package – MSP430FR5738
Figure 4-4 shows the pin diagram for the MSP430FR5738 device in the 24-pin YQD package,
Top View
D
Ball-Side View
VCORE
DVCC
PJ.4
PJ.5
PJ.5
PJ.4
DVCC
VCORE
E5
E4
E3
E2
E2
E3
E4
E5
P1.6
DVSS
AVSS
AVCC
P1.1
P1.1
AVCC
AVSS
DVSS
P1.6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
P1.7
P2.1
PJ.0
P1.0
P1.2
P1.2
P1.0
PJ.0
P2.1
P1.7
C5
C4
C3
C2
C1
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
P2.2
RST/NMI
PJ.2
P1.4
P1.3
P1.3
P1.4
PJ.2
RST/NMI
P2.2
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
P2.0
TEST
PJ.3
PJ.1
P1.5
P1.5
PJ.1
PJ.3
TEST
P2.0
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
D
E
E
Figure 4-4. 24-Pin YQD Package
4.5
Pin Diagram – PW Package –
MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5738
Figure 4-5 shows the pin diagram for the MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5734,
MSP430FR5736, and MSP430FR5738 devices in the 28-pin PW package.
PJ.4/XIN
PJ.5/XOUT
AVSS
AVCC
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0*/CD0/VeREF-*
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/CDOUT/A1*/CD1/VeREF+*
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/CDOUT/A2*/CD2
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3*/CD3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4*/CD4
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5*/CD5
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/CD6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/MCLK/CD7
PJ.2/TMS/ACLK/CD8
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
1
28
2
27
3
26
4
25
5
24
6
23
7
22
8
21
9
20
10
19
11
18
12
17
13
16
14
15
P2.4/TA1.0/A7*/CD11
P2.3/TA0.0/A6*/CD10
DVCC
DVSS
VCORE
P1.7/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1.6/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P2.2/UCB0CLK
P2.1/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P2.0/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
P2.6
P2.5/TB0.0
* Not available on MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5732
Figure 4-5. 28-Pin PW Package (Top View)
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
9
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
4.6
www.ti.com
Signal Descriptions
Table 4-1 describes the signals for all device variants and packages.
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O
NO.
RHA RGE
DA
DESCRIPTION
(1)
PW
YQD
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
TA0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1
External DMA trigger
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/
RTCCLK/A0/CD0/VeREF-
1
1
5
5
C2
I/O
RTC clock calibration output
Analog input A0 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD0
External applied reference voltage (not available on devices without
ADC)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
TA0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2
TA1 input clock
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/
CDOUT/A1/CD1/VeREF+
2
2
6
6
D1
I/O
Comparator_D output
Analog input A1 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD1
Input for an external reference voltage to the ADC (not available on
devices without ADC)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
TA1 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/
CDOUT/A2/CD2
3
3
7
7
C1
I/O
TA0 input clock
Comparator_D output
Analog input A2 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD2
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.0/A12/CD12
4
N/A
8
N/A
N/A
I/O
Analog input A12 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC or
package options PW, RGE, YQD)
Comparator_D input CD12 (not available on package options PW,
RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.1/A13/CD13
5
N/A
9
N/A
N/A
I/O
Analog input A13 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC or
package options PW, RGE, YQD)
Comparator_D input CD13 (not available on package options PW,
RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.2/A14/CD14
6
N/A
10
N/A
N/A
I/O
Analog input A14 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC or
package options PW, RGE, YQD)
Comparator_D input CD14 (not available on package options PW,
RGE, YQD)
(1)
I = input, O = output, N/A = not available
10
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O
NO.
RHA RGE
DA
DESCRIPTION
(1)
PW
YQD
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.3/A15/CD15
7
N/A
11
N/A
N/A
I/O
Analog input A15 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC or
package options PW, RGE, YQD)
Comparator_D input CD15 (not available on package options PW,
RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/
A3/CD3
TA1 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2
8
4
12
8
B1
I/O
Slave transmit enable – eUSCI_B0 SPI mode
Analog input A3 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD3
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/
A4/CD4
TB0 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1
9
5
13
9
B2
I/O
Slave transmit enable – eUSCI_A0 SPI mode
Analog input A4 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD4
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
TB0 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/
A5/CD5
10
6
14
10
A1
I/O
Clock signal input – eUSCI_A0 SPI slave mode,
Clock signal output – eUSCI_A0 SPI master mode
Analog input A5 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD5
General-purpose digital I/O
Test data output port
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/
SMCLK/CD6 (2)
11
7
15
11
C3
I/O
Switch all PWM outputs high impedance input – TB0
SMCLK output
Comparator_D input CD6
General-purpose digital I/O
Test data input or test clock input
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/TB1OUTH/
MCLK/CD7 (2)
12
8
16
12
A2
I/O
Switch all PWM outputs high impedance input – TB1 (not available
on devices without TB1)
MCLK output
Comparator_D input CD7
General-purpose digital I/O
Test mode select
PJ.2/TMS/TB2OUTH/
ACLK/CD8 (2)
13
9
17
13
B3
I/O
Switch all PWM outputs high impedance input – TB2 (not available
on devices without TB2)
ACLK output
Comparator_D input CD8
General-purpose digital I/O
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
(2)
14
10
18
14
A3
I/O
Test clock
Comparator_D input CD9
(2)
See Section 6.7 for use with JTAG function.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
11
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
I/O
NO.
NAME
RHA RGE
DA
DESCRIPTION
(1)
PW
YQD
P4.0/TB2.0
15
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
I/O
P4.1
16
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
TB2 CCR0 capture: CCI0B input, compare: Out0 (not available on
devices without TB2 or package options DA, PW, RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options DA, PW, RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/
UCA1SIMO
17
N/A
19
15
N/A
I/O
TB0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
Transmit data – eUSCI_A1 UART mode, Slave in, master out –
eUSCI_A1 SPI mode (not available on devices without UCSI_A1)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P2.6/TB1.0/UCA1RXD/
UCA1SOMI
18
N/A
20
16
N/A
I/O
TB1 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 (not available on
devices without TB1)
Receive data – eUSCI_A1 UART mode, Slave out, master in –
eUSCI_A1 SPI mode (not available on devices without UCSI_A1)
TEST/SBWTCK
(2) (3)
19
11
21
17
A4
I
Test mode pin – enable JTAG pins
Spy-Bi-Wire input clock
Reset input active low
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
(2) (3)
20
12
22
18
B4
I/O
Non-maskable interrupt input
Spy-Bi-Wire data input/output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P2.0/TB2.0/UCA0TXD/
UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/
ACLK (3)
TB2 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 (not available on
devices without TB2)
21
13
23
19
A5
I/O
Transmit data – eUSCI_A0 UART mode
Slave in, master out – eUSCI_A0 SPI mode
TB0 clock input
ACLK output
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P2.1/TB2.1/UCA0RXD/
UCA0SOMI/TB0.0 (3)
22
14
24
20
C4
I/O
TB2 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 (not available on
devices without TB2)
Receive data – eUSCI_A0 UART mode
Slave out, master in – eUSCI_A0 SPI mode
TB0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P2.2/TB2.2/UCB0CLK/
TB1.0
23
15
25
21
B5
I/O
TB2 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 (not available on
devices without TB2)
Clock signal input – eUSCI_B0 SPI slave mode,
Clock signal output – eUSCI_B0 SPI master mode
TB1 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0 (not available on
devices without TB1)
(3)
12
See Section 6.6 and Section 6.7 for use with BSL and JTAG functions.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O
NO.
RHA RGE
DA
DESCRIPTION
(1)
PW
YQD
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.4/TB1.1/TB2CLK/
SMCLK
24
N/A
26
N/A
N/A
I/O
TB1 CCR1 capture: CCI1B input, compare: Out1 (not available on
devices without TB1)
TB2 clock input (not available on devices without TB2 or package
options PW, RGE, YQD)
SMCLK output (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.5/TB1.2/CDOUT
25
N/A
27
N/A
N/A
I/O
TB1 CCR2 capture: CCI2B input, compare: Out2 (not available on
devices without TB1)
Comparator_D output (not available on package options PW, RGE,
YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.6/TB2.1/TB1CLK
26
N/A
28
N/A
N/A
I/O
TB2 CCR1 capture: CCI1B input, compare: Out1 (not available on
devices without TB2)
TB1 clock input (not available on devices without TB1 or package
options PW, RGE, YQD)
P3.7/TB2.2
27
N/A
29
N/A
N/A
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE, YQD)
TB2 CCR2 capture: CCI2B input, compare: Out2 (not available on
devices without TB2 or package options PW, RGE, YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P1.6/TB1.1/UCB0SIMO/
UCB0SDA/TA0.0
28
16
30
22
D5
I/O
TB1 CCR1 capture: CCI1A input, compare: Out1 (not available on
devices without TB1)
Slave in, master out – eUSCI_B0 SPI mode
I2C data – eUSCI_B0 I2C mode
TA0 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5
P1.7/TB1.2/UCB0SOMI/
UCB0SCL/TA1.0
29
17
31
23
C5
I/O
TB1 CCR2 capture: CCI2A input, compare: Out2 (not available on
devices without TB1)
Slave out, master in – eUSCI_B0 SPI mode
I2C clock – eUSCI_B0 I2C mode
TA1 CCR0 capture: CCI0A input, compare: Out0
30
18
32
24
E5
Regulated core power supply (internal use only, no external current
loading)
DVSS
31
19
33
25
D4
Digital ground supply
DVCC
32
20
34
26
E4
Digital power supply
P2.7
33
N/A
35
N/A
N/A
VCORE
(4)
(4)
I/O
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options PW, RGE)
VCORE is for internal use only. No external current loading is possible. VCORE should only be connected to the recommended
capacitor value, CVCORE.
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
13
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 4-1. Signal Descriptions (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
I/O
NO.
RHA RGE
DA
DESCRIPTION
(1)
PW
YQD
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options RGE, YQD)
TA0 CCR0 capture: CCI0B input, compare: Out0 (not available on
package options RGE, YQD)
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/
A6/CD10
34
N/A
36
27
N/A
I/O
Slave transmit enable – eUSCI_A1 SPI mode (not available on
devices without eUSCI_A1)
Analog input A6 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD10 (not available on package options RGE,
YQD)
General-purpose digital I/O with port interrupt and wake up from
LPMx.5 (not available on package options RGE, YQD)
TA1 CCR0 capture: CCI0B input, compare: Out0 (not available on
package options RGE, YQD)
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/
A7/CD11
35
N/A
37
28
N/A
I/O
Clock signal input – eUSCI_A1 SPI slave mode, Clock signal
output – eUSCI_A1 SPI master mode (not available on devices
without eUSCI_A1)
Analog input A7 – ADC (not available on devices without ADC)
Comparator_D input CD11 (not available on package options RGE,
YQD)
AVSS
36
N/A
38
N/A
N/A
PJ.4/XIN
37
21
1
1
E3
I/O
PJ.5/XOUT
38
22
2
2
E2
I/O
AVSS
39
23
3
3
D3
Analog ground supply
AVCC
40
24
4
4
D2
Analog power supply
Pad
Pad
N/A
N/A
N/A
QFN package pad. Connection to VSS recommended.
QFN Pad
14
Terminal Configuration and Functions
Analog ground supply
General-purpose digital I/O
Input terminal for crystal oscillator XT1
General-purpose digital I/O
Output terminal of crystal oscillator XT1
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5 Specifications
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
5.1
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
Voltage applied at VCC to VSS
Voltage applied to any pin (excluding VCORE)
(2)
MIN
MAX
–0.3
4.1
–0.3
VCC + 0.3
Diode current at any device pin
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(4) (5)
–55
95
°C
125
°C
ESD Ratings
VALUE
V(ESD)
(2)
V
mA
Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating
Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
All voltages referenced to VSS. VCORE is for internal device use only. No external DC loading or voltage should be applied.
Data retention on FRAM cannot be ensured when exceeding the specified maximum storage temperature, Tstg.
For soldering during board manufacturing, it is required to follow the current JEDEC J-STD-020 specification with peak reflow
temperatures not higher than classified on the device label on the shipping boxes or reels.
Programming of devices with user application code should only be performed after reflow or hand soldering. Factory programmed
information, such as calibration values, are designed to withstand the temperatures reached in the current JEDEC J-STD-020
specification.
5.2
(1)
V
±2
Maximum junction temperature, TJ
Storage temperatureTstg (3)
UNIT
Electrostatic discharge
Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001
(1)
UNIT
±1000
Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101
(2)
V
±250
JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as
±1000 V may actually have higher performance.
JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Pins listed as ±250 V
may actually have higher performance.
5.3
Recommended Operating Conditions
Typical values are specified at VCC = 3.3 V and TA = 25°C (unless otherwise noted)
MIN
(1)
NOM
Supply voltage during program execution and FRAM programming (AVCC = DVCC)
VSS
Supply voltage (AVSS = DVSS)
TA
Operating free-air temperature
–40
85
TJ
Operating junction temperature
–40
85
CVCORE
Required capacitor at VCORE (2)
CVCC/
CVCORE
Capacitor ratio of VCC to VCORE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Processor frequency (maximum MCLK frequency) (3)
3.6
0
UNIT
V
V
470
°C
°C
nF
10
No FRAM wait states
2 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
fSYSTEM
2.0
MAX
VCC
(4)
,
With FRAM wait states (4),
NACCESS = {2},
NPRECHG = {1},
2 V ≤ VCC ≤ 3.6 V
0
8.0
0
24.0
MHz
TI recommends powering AVCC and DVCC from the same source. A maximum difference of 0.3 V between AVCC and DVCC can be
tolerated during power up and operation.
A capacitor tolerance of ±20% or better is required.
Modules may have a different maximum input clock specification. See the specification of the respective module in this data sheet.
When using manual wait state control, see the MSP430FR57xx Family User's Guide for recommended settings for common system
frequencies.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
15
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.4
www.ti.com
Active Mode Supply Current Into VCC Excluding External Current
over recommended operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (1)
(2) (3)
Frequency (fMCLK = fSMCLK) (4)
PARAMETER
EXECUTION
MEMORY
VCC
1 MHz
TYP
IAM,
FRAM_UNI
(5)
IAM,0% (6)
FRAM
3V
0.27
FRAM
0% cache hit
ratio
3V
0.42
4 MHz
MAX
TYP
8 MHz
MAX
0.58
0.73
TYP
16 MHz
MAX
TYP
1.0
1.2
1.6
2.2
20 MHz
MAX
1.53
2.8
TYP
24 MHz
MAX
TYP
1.9
2.3
2.9
2.8
UNIT
MAX
2.2
3.6
3.45
mA
4.3
mA
IAM,50% (6)
(7)
FRAM
50% cache hit
ratio
3V
0.31
0.73
1.3
1.75
2.1
2.5
mA
IAM,66% (6)
(7)
FRAM
66% cache hit
ratio
3V
0.27
0.58
1.0
1.55
1.9
2.2
mA
IAM,75% (6)
(7)
FRAM
75% cache hit
ratio
3V
0.25
0.5
0.82
1.3
1.6
1.8
mA
FRAM
100% cache hit
ratio
3V
0.2
0.43
0.3
0.55
0.42
0.8
0.73
1.15
0.88
1.3
1.0
1.5
mA
RAM
3V
0.2
0.4
0.35
0.55
0.55
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.20
1.45
1.45
1.75
mA
IAM,100% (6)
IAM,
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
RAM
(7)
(7) (8)
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal CC4V-T1A SMD crystal with a load capacitance of 9 pF. The internal and external
load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 9 pF.
Characterized with program executing typical data processing.
At MCLK frequencies above 8 MHz, the FRAM requires wait states. When wait states are required, the effective MCLK frequency,
fMCLK,eff, decreases. The effective MCLK frequency is also dependent on the cache hit ratio. SMCLK is not affected by the number of
wait states or the cache hit ratio. The following equation can be used to compute fMCLK,eff:
fMCLK,eff,MHZ = fMCLK,MHZ × 1 / [number of wait states × ((1 – cache hit ratio percent/100)) + 1]
Program and data reside entirely in FRAM. No wait states enabled. DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 8 MHz). MCLK = SMCLK.
Program resides in FRAM. Data resides in SRAM. Average current dissipation varies with cache hit-to-miss ratio as specified. Cache hit
ratio represents number cache accesses divided by the total number of FRAM accesses. For example, a 25% ratio implies one of every
four accesses is from cache, the remaining are FRAM accesses.
For 1, 4, and 8 MHz, DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 8 MHz). MCLK = SMCLK. No wait states enabled.
For 16 MHz, DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSELx = 0 (fDCO = 16 MHz).MCLK = SMCLK. One wait state enabled.
For 20 MHz, DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSELx = 2 (fDCO = 20 MHz).MCLK = SMCLK. Three wait states enabled.
For 24 MHz, DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 24 MHz).MCLK = SMCLK. Three wait states enabled.
See Figure 5-1 for typical curves. Each characteristic equation shown in the graph is computed using the least squares method for best
linear fit using the typical data shown in Section 5.4.
fACLK = 32786 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK at specified frequency. No peripherals active.
XTS = CPUOFF = SCG0 = SCG1 = OSCOFF= SMCLKOFF = 0.
All execution is from RAM.
For 1, 4, and 8 MHz, DCORSEL = 0, DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 8 MHz). MCLK = SMCLK.
For 16 MHz, DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSELx = 0 (fDCO = 16 MHz). MCLK = SMCLK.
For 20 MHz, DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSELx = 2 (fDCO = 20 MHz). MCLK = SMCLK.
For 24 MHz, DCORSEL = 1, DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 24 MHz). MCLK = SMCLK.
2.50
IAM,0% (mA) = 0.2541 * (f, MHz) + 0.1724
2.00
IAM,50% (mA) = 0.1415 * (f, MHz) + 0.1669
IAM,66%(mA) = 0.1043 * (f, MHz) + 0.1646
IA M, mA
1.50
IAM,75% (mA) = 0.0814 * (f, MHz) + 0.1708
1.00
0.50
IAM,RAM (mA) = 0.05 * (f, MHz) + 0.150
IAM,100% (mA) = 0.0314 * (f, MHz) + 0.1708
0.00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
fMCLK = f SMCLK , MHz
Figure 5-1. Typical Active Mode Supply Currents, No Wait States
16
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
5.5
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Low-Power Mode Supply Currents (Into VCC) Excluding External Current
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VCC
–40°C
TYP
MAX
25°C
TYP
ILPM0,1MHz
Low-power mode 0
(3) (4)
2 V,
3V
166
175
LPM0,8MHz
Low-power mode 0
(5) (4)
2 V,
3V
170
177
LPM0,24MHz
Low-power mode 0
(6) (4)
2 V,
3V
274
ILPM2
Low-power mode 2
(7) (8)
2 V,
3V
ILPM3,XT1LF
Low-power mode 3, crystal
mode (9) (8)
ILPM3,VLO
Low-power mode 3,
VLO mode (10) (8)
ILPM4
Low-power mode 4
ILPM3.5
ILPM4.5
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(1) (2)
60°C
MAX
TYP
MAX
85°C
TYP
MAX
UNIT
190
225
µA
244
195
225
360
µA
285
340
315
340
455
µA
56
61
80
75
110
210
µA
2 V,
3V
3.4
6.4
15
18
48
150
µA
2 V,
3V
3.3
6.3
15
18
48
150
µA
(11) (8)
2 V,
3V
2.9
5.9
15
18
48
150
µA
Low-power mode 3.5
(12)
2 V,
3V
1.3
1.5
2.2
1.9
2.8
5.0
µA
Low-power mode 4.5
(13)
2 V,
3V
0.3
0.32
0.66
0.38
0.57
2.55
µA
All inputs are tied to 0 V or to VCC. Outputs do not source or sink any current.
The currents are characterized with a Micro Crystal CC4V-T1A SMD crystal with a load capacitance of 9 pF. The internal and external
load capacitance are chosen to closely match the required 9 pF.
Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 0, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM0), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = 1 MHz. DCORSEL = 0,
DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 8 MHz)
Current for brownout, high-side supervisor (SVSH), and low-side supervisor (SVSL) included.
Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 0, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM0), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = 8 MHz. DCORSEL = 0,
DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 8 MHz)
Current for watchdog timer clocked by SMCLK included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation (XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 0, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM0), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = 24 MHz. DCORSEL = 1,
DCOFSELx = 3 (fDCO = 24 MHz)
Current for watchdog timer (clocked by ACLK) and RTC (clocked by XT1 LF mode) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation
(XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 0, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM2), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = 0 MHz, fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz, DCORSEL = 0,
DCOFSELx = 3, DCO bias generator enabled.
Current for brownout and high-side supervisor (SVSH) included. Low-side supervisor (SVSL) disabled.
Current for watchdog timer (clocked by ACLK) and RTC (clocked by XT1 LF mode) included. ACLK = low-frequency crystal operation
(XTS = 0, XT1DRIVEx = 0).
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = 32768 Hz, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
Current for watchdog timer (clocked by ACLK) included. ACLK = VLO.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 0 (LPM3), fACLK = fVLO, fMCLK = fSMCLK = fDCO = 0 MHz
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1 (LPM4), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Internal regulator disabled. No data retention. RTC active clocked by XT1 LF mode.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1, PMMREGOFF = 1 (LPM3.5), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Internal regulator disabled. No data retention.
CPUOFF = 1, SCG0 = 1, SCG1 = 1, OSCOFF = 1, PMMREGOFF = 1 (LPM4.5), fDCO = fACLK = fMCLK = fSMCLK = 0 MHz
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
17
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.6
www.ti.com
Thermal Resistance Characteristics
PARAMETER
PACKAGE
VALUE (1)
UNIT
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (2)
78.8
°C/W
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance (3)
19.4
°C/W
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (4)
36.7
°C/W
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
36.2
°C/W
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
0.5
°C/W
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance (5)
N/A
°C/W
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (2)
42.1
°C/W
38.8
°C/W
18.1
°C/W
18.0
°C/W
0.6
°C/W
TSSOP-24 (PW)
(3)
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (4)
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
QFN-24 (RGE)
(5)
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance
2.8
°C/W
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (2)
74.5
°C/W
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance (3)
22.0
°C/W
40.7
°C/W
40.3
°C/W
0.9
°C/W
(4)
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
SOIC-38 (DA)
(5)
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance
N/A
°C/W
θJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, still air (2)
37.8
°C/W
θJC(TOP)
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance (3)
27.4
°C/W
θJB
Junction-to-board thermal resistance (4)
12.6
°C/W
ΨJB
Junction-to-board thermal characterization parameter
12.6
°C/W
ΨJT
Junction-to-top thermal characterization parameter
0.4
°C/W
θJC(BOTTOM)
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance (5)
3.6
°C/W
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
18
QFN-40 (RHA)
N/A = Not applicable
The junction-to-ambient thermal resistance under natural convection is obtained in a simulation on a JEDEC-standard, High-K board, as
specified in JESD51-7, in an environment described in JESD51-2a.
The junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the package top. No specific JEDECstandard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.
The junction-to-board thermal resistance is obtained by simulating in an environment with a ring cold plate fixture to control the PCB
temperature, as described in JESD51-8.
The junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance is obtained by simulating a cold plate test on the exposed (power) pad. No specific
JEDEC standard test exists, but a close description can be found in the ANSI SEMI standard G30-88.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
5.7
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Schmitt-Trigger Inputs – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5, RST/NMI)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VIT+
Positive-going input threshold voltage
VIT–
Negative-going input threshold voltage
Vhys
Input voltage hysteresis (VIT+ – VIT–)
RPull
Pullup or pulldown resistor
For pullup: VIN = VSS
For pulldown: VIN = VCC
CI
Input capacitance
VIN = VSS or VCC
VCC
MIN
2V
0.80
TYP
1.40
3V
1.50
2.10
2V
0.45
1.10
3V
0.75
1.65
2V
0.25
0.8
3V
0.30
1.0
20
35
MAX
50
5
UNIT
V
V
V
kΩ
pF
Inputs – Ports P1 and P2 (1)
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7)
5.8
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
t(int)
(1)
(2)
External interrupt timing
TEST CONDITIONS
(2)
External trigger pulse duration to set interrupt flag
VCC
MIN
2 V, 3 V
MAX
20
UNIT
ns
Some devices may contain additional ports with interrupts. See the block diagram and terminal function descriptions.
An external signal sets the interrupt flag every time the minimum interrupt pulse duration t(int) is met. It may be set by trigger signals
shorter than t(int).
5.9
Leakage Current – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5, RST/NMI)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
Ilkg(Px.x)
(1)
(2)
High-impedance leakage current
TEST CONDITIONS
(1) (2)
VCC
MIN
MAX
2 V, 3 V
–50
50
UNIT
nA
The leakage current is measured with VSS or VCC applied to the corresponding pin(s), unless otherwise noted.
The leakage of the digital port pins is measured individually. The port pin is selected for input and the pullup/pulldown resistor is
disabled.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
19
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
5.10 Outputs – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
(1)
(2)
TEST CONDITIONS
Low-level output voltage
I(OHmax) = –1 mA
(1)
I(OHmax) = –3 mA
(2)
I(OHmax) = –2 mA
(1)
I(OHmax) = –6 mA
(2)
I(OLmax) = 1 mA
(1)
I(OLmax) = 3 mA
(2)
I(OLmax) = 2 mA
(1)
I(OLmax) = 6 mA
(2)
VCC
2V
3V
2V
3V
MIN
MAX
VCC – 0.25
VCC
VCC – 0.60
VCC
VCC – 0.25
VCC
VCC – 0.60
VCC
VSS
VSS + 0.25
VSS
VSS + 0.60
VSS
VSS + 0.25
VSS
VSS + 0.60
UNIT
V
V
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined, should not exceed ±48 mA to hold the maximum voltage drop
specified.
The maximum total current, I(OHmax) and I(OLmax), for all outputs combined, should not exceed ±100 mA to hold the maximum voltage
drop specified.
5.11 Output Frequency – General-Purpose I/O
(P1.0 to P1.7, P2.0 to P2.7, P3.0 to P3.7, P4.0 to P4.1, PJ.0 to PJ.5)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
fPx.y
Port output frequency
(with load)
Px.y
fPort_CLK
Clock output frequency
ACLK, SMCLK, or MCLK at configured output port,
CL = 20 pF, no DC loading (2)
(1)
(2)
20
(1) (2)
MIN
MAX
2V
16
3V
24
2V
16
3V
24
UNIT
MHz
MHz
A resistive divider with 2 × 1.6 kΩ between VCC and VSS is used as load. The output is connected to the center tap of the divider.
CL = 20 pF is connected from the output to VSS.
The output voltage reaches at least 10% and 90% VCC at the specified toggle frequency.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.12 Typical Characteristics – Outputs
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
16
TA = -40 ° C
IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA
14
TA = 25 ° C
12
TA = 85 ° C
10
8
6
4
2
0
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
V OL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V
VCC = 2.0 V
Measured at Px.y
Figure 5-2. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Output Voltage
35
IOL - Typical Low-Level Output Current - mA
TA = -40 ° C
30
TA = 25 ° C
TA = 85 ° C
25
20
15
10
5
0
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0
VOL - Low-Level Output Voltage - V
VCC = 3.0 V
Measured at Px.y
Figure 5-3. Typical Low-Level Output Current vs Low-Level Output Voltage
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
21
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
TA = 85 ° C
-12
TA = 25 ° C
-14
TA = -40 ° C
-16
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
V OH - High-Level Output Voltage - V
VCC = 2.0 V
Measured at Px.y
Figure 5-4. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Output Voltage
0
IOH - Typical High-Level Output Current - mA
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
TA = 85 ° C
-30
TA = 25 ° C
-35
TA = -40 ° C
-40
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0
V OH - High-Level Output Voltage - V
VCC = 3.0 V
Measured at Px.y
Figure 5-5. Typical High-Level Output Current vs High-Level Output Voltage
22
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.13 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, Low-Frequency (LF) Mode
(1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
ΔIVCC.LF
TEST CONDITIONS
Additional current consumption
XT1 LF mode from lowest drive
setting
60
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {2},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 9 pF
3V
90
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 12 pF
3V
140
XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 0
fXT1,LF,SW
XT1 oscillator logic-level squarewave input frequency, LF mode
XTS = 0, XT1BYPASS = 1
fFault,LF
tSTART,LF
CL,eff
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Oscillator fault frequency, LF mode
(5)
Start-up time, LF mode
(2) (3)
10
(7)
Integrated effective load
capacitance, LF mode (8)
210
XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3},
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 12 pF
300
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {0},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 6 pF
XTS = 0
UNIT
nA
Hz
50
kHz
kΩ
(6)
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 12 pF
(9)
32.768
XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {0},
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz, CL,eff = 6 pF
XTS = 0
MAX
32768
XTS = 0, Measured at ACLK,
fXT1,LF = 32768 Hz
Duty cycle, LF mode
TYP
3V
XT1 oscillator crystal frequency,
LF mode
OALF
MIN
fOSC = 32768 Hz, XTS = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {1},
CL,eff = 9 pF, TA = 25°C,
fXT1,LF0
Oscillation allowance for
LF crystals (4)
VCC
30%
70%
10
10000
Hz
1000
3V
ms
1000
1
pF
To improve EMI on the XT1 oscillator, the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the trace between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XIN and XOUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XIN and XOUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XIN and XOUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, make sure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
When XT1BYPASS is set, XT1 circuits are automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics defined in
the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this data sheet.
Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals. The oscillation allowance is a function of the XT1DRIVE
settings and the effective load. In general, comparable oscillator allowance can be achieved based on the following guidelines, but
should be evaluated based on the actual crystal selected for the application:
• For XT1DRIVE = {0}, CL,eff ≤ 6 pF.
• For XT1DRIVE = {1}, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 9 pF.
• For XT1DRIVE = {2}, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 10 pF.
• For XT1DRIVE = {3}, 6 pF ≤ CL,eff ≤ 12 pF.
Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag.
Frequencies in between might set the flag.
Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.
Includes start-up counter of 4096 clock cycles.
Requires external capacitors at both terminals.
Values are specified by crystal manufacturers. Include parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin).
Recommended values supported are 6 pF, 9 pF, and 12 pF. Maximum shunt capacitance of 1.6 pF.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
23
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
5.14 Crystal Oscillator, XT1, High-Frequency (HF) Mode
(1)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
XT1 oscillator crystal current HF
mode
IVCC,HF
VCC
MIN
TYP
fOSC = 4 MHz,
XTS = 1, XOSCOFF = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {0},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
175
fOSC = 8 MHz,
XTS = 1, XOSCOFF = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {1},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
300
MAX
3V
fOSC = 16 MHz,
XTS = 1, XOSCOFF = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {2},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
UNIT
µA
350
fOSC = 24 MHz,
XTS = 1, XOSCOFF = 0,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
550
fXT1,HF0
XT1 oscillator crystal frequency,
HF mode 0
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {0}
(2)
4
6
MHz
fXT1,HF1
XT1 oscillator crystal frequency,
HF mode 1
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {1}
(2)
6
10
MHz
fXT1,HF2
XT1 oscillator crystal frequency,
HF mode 2
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {2}
(2)
10
16
MHz
fXT1,HF3
XT1 oscillator crystal frequency,
HF mode 3
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3}
(2)
16
24
MHz
fXT1,HF,SW
XT1 oscillator logic-level squarewave input frequency, HF mode
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 1
1
24
MHz
Oscillation allowance for
HF crystals (4)
OAHF
tSTART,HF
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
24
Start-up time, HF mode
(5)
(3) (2)
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {0},
fXT1,HF = 4 MHz, CL,eff = 16 pF
450
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {1},
fXT1,HF = 8 MHz, CL,eff = 16 pF
320
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {2},
fXT1,HF = 16 MHz, CL,eff = 16 pF
200
XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3},
fXT1,HF = 24 MHz, CL,eff = 16 pF
200
fOSC = 4 MHz, XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {0},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
8
fOSC = 24 MHz, XTS = 1,
XT1BYPASS = 0, XT1DRIVE = {3},
TA = 25°C, CL,eff = 16 pF
Ω
3V
ms
2
To improve EMI on the XT1 oscillator the following guidelines should be observed.
• Keep the traces between the device and the crystal as short as possible.
• Design a good ground plane around the oscillator pins.
• Prevent crosstalk from other clock or data lines into oscillator pins XIN and XOUT.
• Avoid running PCB traces underneath or adjacent to the XIN and XOUT pins.
• Use assembly materials and processes that avoid any parasitic load on the oscillator XIN and XOUT pins.
• If conformal coating is used, make sure that it does not induce capacitive or resistive leakage between the oscillator pins.
Maximum frequency of operation of the entire device cannot be exceeded.
When XT1BYPASS is set, XT1 circuits are automatically powered down. Input signal is a digital square wave with parametrics defined in
the Schmitt-trigger Inputs section of this data sheet.
Oscillation allowance is based on a safety factor of 5 for recommended crystals.
Includes start-up counter of 4096 clock cycles.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Crystal Oscillator, XT1, High-Frequency (HF) Mode
(1)
(continued)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
CL,eff
fFault,HF
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
TEST CONDITIONS
Integrated effective load
capacitance (6) (7)
XTS = 1
Duty cycle, HF mode
XTS = 1, Measured at ACLK,
fXT1,HF2 = 24 MHz
Oscillator fault frequency, HF mode
(8)
XTS = 1
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
1
40%
(9)
50%
145
UNIT
pF
60%
900
kHz
Includes parasitic bond and package capacitance (approximately 2 pF per pin). Because the PCB adds additional capacitance, it is
recommended to verify the correct load by measuring the ACLK frequency. For a correct setup, the effective load capacitance should
always match the specification of the used crystal.
Requires external capacitors at both terminals. Values are specified by crystal manufacturers. Recommended values supported are 14
pF, 16 pF, and 18 pF. Maximum shunt capacitance of 7 pF.
Frequencies below the MIN specification set the fault flag. Frequencies above the MAX specification do not set the fault flag.
Frequencies in between might set the flag.
Measured with logic-level input frequency but also applies to operation with crystals.
5.15 Internal Very-Low-Power Low-Frequency Oscillator (VLO)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
TYP
MAX
5
8.3
13
UNIT
VLO frequency
Measured at ACLK
dfVLO/dT
VLO frequency temperature drift
Measured at ACLK
(1)
2 V to 3.6 V
0.5
%/°C
dfVLO/dVCC VLO frequency supply voltage drift
Measured at ACLK
(2)
2 V to 3.6 V
4
%/V
fVLO,DC
Measured at ACLK
(1)
(2)
Duty cycle
2 V to 3.6 V
MIN
fVLO
2 V to 3.6 V
40%
50%
kHz
60%
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(–40°C to 85°C) – MIN(–40°C to 85°C)) / MIN(–40°C to 85°C) / (85°C – (–40°C))
Calculated using the box method: (MAX(2.0 V to 3.6 V) – MIN(2.0 V to 3.6 V)) / MIN(2.0 V to 3.6 V) / (3.6 V – 2 V)
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
25
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
5.16 DCO Frequencies
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Measured at ACLK,
DCORSEL = 0
fDCO,LO
DCO frequency low, trimmed
Measured at ACLK,
DCORSEL = 1
Measured at ACLK,
DCORSEL = 0
fDCO,MID
DCO frequency mid, trimmed
Measured at ACLK,
DCORSEL = 1
Measured at ACLK,
DCORSEL = 0
fDCO,HI
DCO frequency high, trimmed
Measured at ACLK,
DCORSEL = 1
fDCO,DC
Duty cycle
5.17
Measured at ACLK, divide by 1,
No external divide, all DCO
settings
VCC
TA
MIN
TYP
MAX
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
5.37
±3.5%
2 V to 3.6 V
0°C to 50°C
5.37
±2.0%
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
16.2
±3.5%
2 V to 3.6 V
0°C to 50°C
16.2
±2.0%
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
6.67
±3.5%
2 V to 3.6 V
0°C to 50°C
6.67
±2.0%
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
20
±3.5%
2 V to 3.6 V
0°C to 50°C
20
±2.0%
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
8
±3.5%
2 V to 3.6 V
0°C to 50°C
8
±2.0%
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
23.8
±3.5%
2 V to 3.6 V
0°C to 50°C
23.8
±2.0%
UNIT
MHz
MHz
MHz
2 V to 3.6 V
–40°C to 85°C
40%
50%
60%
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
44
80
µA
2 V to 3.6 V
4.5
5.0
5.5
MHz
2 V to 3.6 V
40%
50%
60%
MODOSC
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
IMODOSC
Current consumption
fMODOSC
MODOSC frequency
fMODOSC,DC
Duty cycle
26
Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS
Enabled
Measured at ACLK, divide by 1
2 V to 3.6 V
UNIT
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.18 PMM, Core Voltage
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VCORE(AM)
Core voltage, active mode
2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V
1.5
V
VCORE(LPM)
Core voltage, low-current mode
2 V ≤ DVCC ≤ 3.6 V
1.5
V
5.19 PMM, SVS, BOR
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
ISVSH,AM
SVSH current consumption, active mode
VCC = 3.6 V
5
ISVSH,LPM
SVSH current consumption, low power modes
VCC = 3.6 V
0.8
1.5
µA
VSVSH-
SVSH on voltage level, falling supply voltage
1.83
1.88
1.93
V
VSVSH+
SVSH off voltage level, rising supply voltage
1.88
1.93
1.98
tPD,SVSH, AM
SVSH propagation delay, active mode
dVCC/dt = 10 mV/µs
10
µs
tPD,SVSH, LPM
SVSH propagation delay, low power modes
dVCC/dt = 1 mV/µs
30
µs
ISVSL
SVSL current consumption
VSVSL–
SVSL on voltage level
1.42
V
VSVSL+
SVSL off voltage level
1.47
V
0.3
µA
0.5
V
µA
5.20 Wake-up Times From Low-Power Modes
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
TA
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
tWAKE-UP LPM0
Wake-up time from LPM0 to active
mode (1)
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
0.58
1
µs
tWAKE-UP LPM12
Wake-up time from LPM1, LPM2 to
active mode (1)
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
12
25
µs
tWAKE-UP LPM34
Wake-up time from LPM3 or LPM4 to
active mode (1)
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
78
120
µs
2 V, 3 V
0°C to 85°C
310
575
tWAKE-UP LPMx.5
Wake-up time from LPM3.5 or
LPM4.5 to active mode (1)
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
310
1100
280
µs
tWAKE-UP RESET
Wake-up time from RST to active
mode (2)
VCC stable
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
230
tWAKE-UP BOR
Wake-up time from BOR or power-up
to active mode
dVCC/dt = 2400 V/s
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
1.6
tRESET
Pulse duration required at RST/NMI
terminal to accept a reset event (3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
2 V, 3 V
–40°C to 85°C
4
µs
ms
ns
The wake-up time is measured from the edge of an external wake-up signal (for example, port interrupt or wake-up event) until the first
instruction of the user program is executed.
The wake-up time is measured from the rising edge of the RST signal until the first instruction of the user program is executed.
Meeting or exceeding this time makes sures a reset event occurs. Pulses shorter than this minimum time may or may not cause a reset
event to occur.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
27
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
5.21 Timer_A
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
fTA
Timer_A input clock frequency
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: TACLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
2 V, 3 V
tTA,cap
Timer_A capture timing
All capture inputs, Minimum pulse
duration required for capture
2 V, 3 V
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
24
MHz
20
ns
5.22 Timer_B
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
fTB
Timer_B input clock frequency
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: TBCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
tTB,cap
Timer_B capture timing
All capture inputs, Minimum pulse
duration required for capture
VCC
2 V, 3 V
2 V, 3 V
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
24
MHz
20
ns
5.23 eUSCI (UART Mode) Clock Frequency
PARAMETER
feUSCI
eUSCI input clock frequency
fBITCLK
BITCLK clock frequency
(equals baud rate in MBaud)
CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: UCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
MAX
UNIT
fSYSTEM
MHz
5
MHz
UNIT
5.24 eUSCI (UART Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
UCGLITx = 0
tt
UART receive deglitch time (1)
UCGLITx = 1
UCGLITx = 2
UCGLITx = 3
(1)
28
2 V, 3 V
MIN
TYP
MAX
5
15
20
20
45
60
35
80
120
50
110
180
ns
Pulses on the UART receive input (UCxRX) shorter than the UART receive deglitch time are suppressed. To ensure that pulses are
correctly recognized, their duration should exceed the maximum specification of the deglitch time.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.25 eUSCI (SPI Master Mode) Clock Frequency
PARAMETER
feUSCI
CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
eUSCI input clock frequency
MAX
UNIT
fSYSTEM
MHz
5.26 eUSCI (SPI Master Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
tSTE,LEAD
tSTE,LAG
tSTE,ACC
tSTE,DIS
TEST CONDITIONS
STE lead time, STE active to clock
STE lag time, Last clock to STE
inactive
STE access time, STE active to SIMO
data out
STE disable time, STE inactive to
SIMO high impedance
tSU,MI
SOMI input data setup time
tHD,MI
SOMI input data hold time
tVALID,MO
SIMO output data valid time
(2)
tHD,MO
SIMO output data hold time
(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
VCC
MIN
(1)
TYP
MAX
UCSTEM = 0,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
1
UCSTEM = 1,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
1
UCSTEM = 0,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
1
UCSTEM = 1,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
1
UCSTEM = 0,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
55
UCSTEM = 1,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
35
UCSTEM = 0,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
40
UCSTEM = 1,
UCMODEx = 01 or 10
2 V, 3 V
30
UCLK edge to SIMO valid,
CL = 20 pF
CL = 20 pF
UNIT
UCxCLK
cycles
UCxCLK
cycles
ns
ns
2V
35
3V
35
2V
0
3V
0
ns
ns
2V
30
3V
30
2V
0
3V
0
ns
ns
fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI = max(tVALID,MO(eUSCI) + tSU,SI(Slave), tSU,MI(eUSCI) + tVALID,SO(Slave)).
For the slave parameters tSU,SI(Slave) and tVALID,SO(Slave) see the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SIMO output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams
in Figure 5-6 and Figure 5-7.
Specifies how long data on the SIMO output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. Negative values indicate that the data
on the SIMO output can become invalid before the output changing clock edge observed on UCLK. See the timing diagrams in Figure 56 and Figure 5-7.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
29
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tLOW/HIGH
tSU,MI
tHD,MI
SOMI
tVALID,MO
SIMO
Figure 5-6. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 0
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tLOW/HIGH
tHD,MI
tSU,MI
SOMI
tVALID,MO
SIMO
Figure 5-7. SPI Master Mode, CKPH = 1
30
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.27 eUSCI (SPI Slave Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
tSTE,LEAD
STE lead time, STE active to clock
tSTE,LAG
STE lag time, Last clock to STE inactive
tSTE,ACC
STE access time, STE active to SOMI data out
tSTE,DIS
STE disable time, STE inactive to SOMI high
impedance
tSU,SI
SIMO input data setup time
tHD,SI
SIMO input data hold time
tVALID,SO
SOMI output data valid time
(2)
tHD,SO
SOMI output data hold time
(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
UCLK edge to SOMI valid,
CL = 20 pF
CL = 20 pF
VCC
MIN
2V
7
3V
7
2V
0
3V
0
(1)
TYP
MAX
ns
ns
2V
65
3V
40
2V
40
3V
35
2V
2
3V
2
2V
5
3V
5
30
30
4
4
ns
ns
3V
3V
ns
ns
2V
2V
UNIT
ns
ns
fUCxCLK = 1/2tLO/HI with tLO/HI ≥ max(tVALID,MO(Master) + tSU,SI(eUSCI), tSU,MI(Master) + tVALID,SO(eUSCI)).
For the master parameters tSU,MI(Master) and tVALID,MO(Master) see the SPI parameters of the attached slave.
Specifies the time to drive the next valid data to the SOMI output after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams
in Figure 5-8 and Figure 5-9.
Specifies how long data on the SOMI output is valid after the output changing UCLK clock edge. See the timing diagrams in Figure 5-8
and Figure 5-9.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
31
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
UCMODEx = 01
tSTE,LEAD
STE
tSTE,LAG
UCMODEx = 10
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tSU,SIMO
tLOW/HIGH
tHD,SIMO
SIMO
tVALID,SOMI
tACC
tDIS
SOMI
Figure 5-8. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 0
tSTE,LAG
tSTE,LEAD
STE
1/fUCxCLK
CKPL = 0
UCLK
CKPL = 1
tLOW/HIGH
tLOW/HIGH
tHD,SI
tSU,SI
SIMO
tACC
tDIS
tVALID,SO
SOMI
Figure 5-9. SPI Slave Mode, CKPH = 1
32
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.28 eUSCI (I2C Mode)
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted) (see Figure 5-10)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
TYP
Internal: SMCLK, ACLK
External: UCLK
Duty cycle = 50% ±10%
MAX
UNIT
fSYSTEM
MHz
400
kHz
feUSCI
eUSCI input clock frequency
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
tHD,STA
Hold time (repeated) START
tSU,STA
Setup time for a repeated START
tHD,DAT
Data hold time
2 V, 3 V
0
ns
tSU,DAT
Data setup time
2 V, 3 V
250
ns
tSU,STO
2 V, 3 V
fSCL = 100 kHz
fSCL = 100 kHz
2 V, 3 V
fSCL > 100 kHz
fSCL = 100 kHz
Setup time for STOP
2 V, 3 V
fSCL > 100 kHz
Pulse duration of spikes suppressed by
input filter
tSP
2 V, 3 V
fSCL > 100 kHz
0
4.0
µs
0.6
4.7
µs
0.6
4.0
µs
0.6
UCGLITx = 0
50
600
UCGLITx = 1
25
300
12.5
150
2 V, 3 V
UCGLITx = 2
UCGLITx = 3
6.25
75
UCCLTOx = 1
tTIMEOUT
Clock low time-out
27
UCCLTOx = 2
2 V, 3 V
30
UCCLTOx = 3
tSU,STA
tHD,STA
ns
ms
33
tHD,STA
tBUF
SDA
tLOW
tHIGH
tSP
SCL
tSU,DAT
tSU,STO
tHD,DAT
Figure 5-10. I2C Mode Timing
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
33
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.29
www.ti.com
10-Bit ADC, Power Supply and Input Range Conditions
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
AVCC
Analog supply voltage
AVCC and DVCC are connected together,
AVSS and DVSS are connected together,
V(AVSS) = V(DVSS) = 0 V
V(Ax)
Analog input voltage range
All ADC10 pins
IADC10_A
Operating supply current into
AVCC terminal, reference
current not included
fADC10CLK = 5 MHz, ADC10ON = 1,
REFON = 0, SHT0 = 0, SHT1 = 0,
ADC10DIV = 0
CI
Input capacitance
Only one terminal Ax can be selected at one
time from the pad to the ADC10_A capacitor
array including wiring and pad
RI
Input MUX ON resistance
AVCC ≥ 2 V, 0 V ≤ VAx ≤ AVCC
5.30
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
2.0
3.6
V
0
AVCC
V
2V
90
140
3V
100
160
6
8
pF
36
kΩ
2.2 V
µA
10-Bit ADC, Timing Parameters
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
fADC10CLK
fADC10OSC
tCONVERT
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
2 V to
3.6 V
0.45
5
5.5
MHz
2 V to
3.6 V
4.5
4.5
5.5
MHz
REFON = 0, Internal oscillator,
12 ADC10CLK cycles, 10-bit mode,
fADC10OSC = 4.5 MHz to 5.5 MHz
2 V to
3.6 V
2.18
External fADC10CLK from ACLK, MCLK, or SMCLK,
ADC10SSEL ≠ 0
2 V to
3.6 V
For specified performance of ADC10 linearity
parameters
Internal ADC10 oscillator
ADC10DIV = 0, fADC10CLK = fADC10OSC
(MODOSC)
Conversion time
tADC10ON
Turnon settling time of
the ADC
The error in a conversion started after tADC10ON is
less than ±0.5 LSB,
Reference and input signal already settled
tSample
Sampling time
RS = 1000 Ω, RI = 36000 Ω, CI = 3.5 pF,
Approximately eight Tau (τ) are required to get an
error of less than ±0.5 LSB
(1)
2.67
µs
(1)
100
2V
1.5
3V
2.0
VCC
MIN
2 V to
3.6 V
–1.4
1.4
1.6 V < (VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)min ≤ VAVCC
–1.1
1.1
ns
µs
12 × ADC10DIV × 1/fADC10CLK
5.31 10-Bit ADC, Linearity Parameters
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
1.4 V ≤ (VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)min ≤ 1.6 V
TYP
MAX
UNIT
EI
Integral
linearity error
ED
Differential
linearity error
(VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)min ≤ (VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)
2 V to
3.6 V
–1
1
LSB
EO
Offset error
(VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)min ≤ (VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)
2 V to
3.6 V
–6.5
6.5
mV
Gain error, external
reference
(VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)min ≤ (VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)
2 V to
3.6 V
–1.2
1.2
LSB
–4%
4%
–2
2
–4%
4%
EG
ET
(1)
34
Gain error, internal
reference (1)
Total unadjusted
error, external
reference
(VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)min ≤ (VeREF+ – VREF–/VeREF–)
Total unadjusted
error, internal
reference (1)
2 V to
3.6 V
LSB
LSB
Error is dominated by the internal reference.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.32 REF, External Reference
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
VCC
MIN
(1)
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VeREF+
Positive external reference voltage input
VeREF+ > VeREF–
(2)
1.4
AVCC
V
VeREF–
Negative external reference voltage input
VeREF+ > VeREF–
(3)
0
1.2
V
VeREF+ > VeREF–
(4)
1.4
AVCC
V
–6
6
(VeREF+ –
Differential external reference voltage input
VREF–/VeREF–)
IVeREF+,
IVeREF–
CVREF+,
CVREF(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Static input current
1.4 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC,
VeREF– = 0 V,
fADC10CLK = 5 MHz,
ADC10SHTx = 1h,
Conversion rate 200 ksps
2.2 V, 3 V
1.4 V ≤ VeREF+ ≤ VAVCC,
VeREF– = 0 V,
fADC10CLK = 5 MHz,
ADC10SHTx = 8h,
Conversion rate 20 ksps
2.2 V, 3 V
µA
Capacitance at VREF+ or VREF- terminal (5)
–1
1
10
µF
The external reference is used during ADC conversion to charge and discharge the capacitance array. The input capacitance, Ci, is also
the dynamic load for an external reference during conversion. The dynamic impedance of the reference supply should follow the
recommendations on analog-source impedance to allow the charge to settle for 10-bit accuracy.
The accuracy limits the minimum positive external reference voltage. Lower reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced
accuracy requirements.
The accuracy limits the maximum negative external reference voltage. Higher reference voltage levels may be applied with reduced
accuracy requirements.
The accuracy limits minimum external differential reference voltage. Lower differential reference voltage levels may be applied with
reduced accuracy requirements.
Two decoupling capacitors, 10 µF and 100 nF, should be connected to VREF to decouple the dynamic current required for an external
reference source if it is used for the ADC10_B. Also see the MSP430FR57xx Family User's Guide.
5.33 REF, Built-In Reference
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VREF+
AVCC(min)
Positive built-in reference
voltage output
AVCC minimum voltage,
Positive built-in reference
active
TEST CONDITIONS
2.4
2.5
2.6
3V
1.92
2.0
2.08
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V, REFON = 1
3V
1.44
1.5
1.56
REFVSEL = {0} for 1.5 V
2.0
REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V
2.2
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V
2.7
TREF+
Temperature coefficient of
built-in reference
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2}, REFON = 1
(1)
(2)
Settling time of reference
voltage (2)
MAX
3V
fADC10CLK = 5 MHz,
REFON = 1, REFBURST = 0
tSETTLE
TYP
REFVSEL = {1} for 2 V, REFON = 1
Operating supply current into
AVCC terminal (1)
Power supply rejection ratio
(DC)
MIN
REFVSEL = {2} for 2.5 V, REFON = 1
IREF+
PSRR_DC
VCC
3V
V
V
33
45
±35
AVCC = AVCC (min) - AVCC(max),
TA = 25°C, REFON = 1,
REFVSEL = (0} for 1.5 V
1600
AVCC = AVCC (min) - AVCC(max),
TA = 25°C, REFON = 1,
REFVSEL = (1} for 2 V
1900
AVCC = AVCC (min) - AVCC(max),
TA = 25°C, REFON = 1,
REFVSEL = (2} for 2.5 V
3600
AVCC = AVCC (min) - AVCC(max),
REFVSEL = (0, 1, 2}, REFON = 0 → 1
UNIT
30
µA
ppm/
°C
µV/V
µs
The internal reference current is supplied by terminal AVCC. Consumption is independent of the ADC10ON control bit, unless a
conversion is active. The REFON bit enables to settle the built-in reference before starting an A/D conversion.
The condition is that the error in a conversion started after tREFON is less than ±0.5 LSB.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
35
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
5.34 REF, Temperature Sensor and Built-In VMID
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VSENSOR
See
TEST CONDITIONS
(1)
TCSENSOR
VCC
ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah,
TA = 0°C
2 V, 3 V
ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah
2 V, 3 V
MIN
MAX
mV
2.55
mV/°C
tSENSOR(sample)
Sample time required if
channel 10 is selected (2)
ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Ah,
Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
3V
30
VMID
AVCC divider at channel 11
ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh,
VMID is ~0.5 × VAVCC
2V
0.97
1.0
1.03
3V
1.46
1.5
1.54
tVMID(sample)
Sample time required if
channel 11 is selected (3)
ADC10ON = 1, INCH = 0Bh,
Error of conversion result ≤ 1 LSB
2 V, 3 V
1000
(2)
(3)
UNIT
790
2V
(1)
30
TYP
µs
V
ns
The temperature sensor offset can vary significantly. A single-point calibration is recommended to minimize the offset error of the built-in
temperature sensor.
The typical equivalent impedance of the sensor is 51 kΩ. The sample time required includes the sensor-on time tSENSOR(on).
The on-time tVMID(on) is included in the sampling time tVMID(sample); no additional on time is needed.
1050
Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage (mA)
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Figure 5-11. Typical Temperature Sensor Voltage
36
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
5.35 Comparator_D
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Overdrive = 10 mV,
VIN- = (VIN+ – 400 mV) to (VIN+ + 10 mV)
Propagation delay,
AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
tpd
MIN
TYP
MAX
50
100
200
Overdrive = 100 mV,
VIN- = (VIN+ – 400 mV) to (VIN+ + 100 mV)
80
Overdrive = 250 mV,
(VIN+ – 400 mV) to (VIN+ + 250 mV)
50
UNIT
ns
CDF = 1, CDFDLY = 00
0.3
0.5
0.9
CDF = 1, CDFDLY = 01
0.5
0.9
1.5
CDF = 1, CDFDLY = 10
0.9
1.6
2.8
3.0
5.5
tfilter
Filter timer added to the
propagation delay of the
comparator
CDF = 1, CDFDLY = 11
1.6
Voffset
Input offset
AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
–20
Vic
Common mode input range
AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
0
AVCC - 1
V
Icomp(AVCC)
Comparator only
CDON = 1, AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
29
34
µA
Iref(AVCC)
Reference buffer and R‑ladder
CDREFLx = 01, AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
20
24
µA
tenable,comp
Comparator enable time
CDON = 0 to CDON = 1,
AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
1.1
2.0
µs
tenable,rladder
Resistor ladder enable time
CDON = 0 to CDON = 1,
AVCC = 2 V to 3.6 V
1.1
2.0
µs
VCB_REF
Reference voltage for a tap
VIN = voltage input to the R-ladder,
n = 0 to 31
VIN ×
(n + 1)
/ 32
VIN ×
(n + 1.5)
/ 32
V
VIN ×
(n + 0.5)
/ 32
20
µs
mV
5.36 FRAM
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
DVCC(WRITE)
Write supply voltage
tWRITE
Word or byte write time
tACCESS
Read access time
TEST CONDITIONS
2.0
(1)
(1)
tPRECHARGE
Precharge time
tCYCLE
Cycle time, read or write operation
(1)
(1)
Data retention duration
TYP
MAX
V
120
ns
60
ns
60
ns
15
10
TJ = 25°C
100
TJ = 70°C
40
TJ = 85°C
10
UNIT
3.6
120
Read and write endurance
tRetention
MIN
ns
cycles
years
When using manual wait state control, see the MSP430FR57xx Family User's Guide for recommended settings for common system
frequencies.
Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
37
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
5.37 JTAG and Spy-Bi-Wire Interface
over recommended ranges of supply voltage and operating free-air temperature (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VCC
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
fSBW
Spy-Bi-Wire input frequency
2 V, 3 V
0
20
MHz
tSBW,Low
Spy-Bi-Wire low clock pulse duration
2 V, 3 V
0.025
15
µs
tSBW, En
Spy-Bi-Wire enable time (TEST high to acceptance of first clock edge)
1
µs
tSBW,Rst
Spy-Bi-Wire return to normal operation time
35
µs
fTCK
TCK input frequency, 4-wire JTAG
Rinternal
Internal pulldown resistance on TEST
(1)
(2)
38
(2)
(1)
2 V, 3 V
19
2V
0
5
3V
0
10
2 V, 3 V
20
35
50
MHz
kΩ
Tools that access the Spy-Bi-Wire and BSL interfaces must wait for the tSBW,En time after the first transition of the TEST/SBWTCK pin
(low to high), before the second transition of the pin (high to low) during the entry sequence.
fTCK may be restricted to meet the timing requirements of the module selected.
Specifications
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6 Detailed Description
6.1
Functional Block Diagrams
Figure 6-1 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5735, and
MSP430FR5739 in the RHA package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
8KB
SMCLK
4KB
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
(FR5731)
Boot
ROM
Power
Management
SYS
Watchdog
P3.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
(FR5739)
(FR5735)
PA
P2.x
REF
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×16 I/Os
SVS
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
PB
P4.x
I/O Ports
P3/P4
1×8 I/Os
1×2 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PB
1×10 I/Os
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
TA0
TA1
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TB0
TB1
TB2
RTC_B
MPY32
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(3) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
eUSCI_A1:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
ADC10_B
10 bit
200 ksps
Comp_D
16 channels
14 channels
(12 ext/2 int)
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-1. Functional Block Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5739
Figure 6-2 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5733 and MSP430FR5737 devices in
the RHA package.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
39
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
PJ.4/XIN
www.ti.com
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
8KB
SMCLK
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
Boot
ROM
Power
Management
P3.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
(FR5737)
(FR5733)
PA
P2.x
SYS
Watchdog
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×16 I/Os
SVS
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
PB
P4.x
I/O Ports
P3/P4
1×8 I/Os
1x 2 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PB
1×10 I/Os
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
TB1
TB2
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(3) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
eUSCI_A1:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
Comp_D
REF
16 channels
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-2. Functional Block Diagram – RHA Package – MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5737
40
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Figure 6-3 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5735, and
MSP430FR5739 devices in the DA package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
(FR5739)
8KB
(FR5735)
SMCLK
4KB
(FR5731)
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
Power
Management
Boot
ROM
SYS
Watchdog
PA
P2.x
PB
P3.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
I/O Ports
P3
1×8 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×16 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PB
1×8 I/Os
REF
SVS
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
TB1
TB2
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(3) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_A1:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
ADC10_B
10 bit
200 ksps
Comp_D
16 channels
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
14 channels
(12 ext/2 int)
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-3. Functional Block Diagram – DA Package – MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5735, MSP430FR5739
Figure 6-4 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5733 and MSP430FR5737 devices in
the DA package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
(FR5737)
8KB
(FR5733)
SMCLK
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
Boot
ROM
Power
Management
SYS
PA
P2.x
PB
P3.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
2×8 I/Os
I/O Ports
P3
1×8 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×16 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PB
1×8 I/Os
Watchdog
SVS
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
TB1
TB2
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(3) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
eUSCI_A1:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
Comp_D
REF
16 channels
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-4. Functional Block Diagram – DA Package – MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5737
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
41
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Figure 6-5 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5734, and
MSP430FR5738 devices in the RGE and YQD packages.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
(FR5738)
8KB
(FR5734)
SMCLK
4KB
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
(FR5730)
Power
Management
Boot
ROM
SYS
Watchdog
REF
SVS
PA
P2.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
1×8 I/Os
1×3 I/Os
Interrupt.
Wake up
PA
1×11 I/Os
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(1) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
ADC10_B
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
10 bit
200 ksps
Comp_D
10 channels
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
8 channels
(6 ext/2 int)
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-5. Functional Block Diagram – RGE or YQD (FR5738 Only) Package – MSP430FR5730,
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5738
Figure 6-6 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5732 and MSP430FR5736 devices in
the RGE package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
8KB
SMCLK
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
I/O Ports
P1/P2
1×8 I/Os
1×3 I/Os
(FR5736)
(FR5732)
1KB
Boot
ROM
Power
Management
PA
P2.x
SYS
Watchdog
SVS
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×11 I/Os
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
TA0
TA1
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TB0
RTC_B
MPY32
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(1) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
Comp_D
REF
10 channels
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-6. Functional Block Diagram – RGE Package – MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5736
42
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Figure 6-7 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5734, and
MSP430FR5738 devices in the PW package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
(FR5738)
8KB
(FR5734)
SMCLK
4KB
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
1KB
(FR5730)
Power
Management
Boot
ROM
SYS
Watchdog
REF
SVS
PA
P2.x
I/O Ports
P1/P2
1×8 I/Os
1×7 I/Os
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×15 I/Os
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(1) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
ADC10_B
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
10 bit
200 ksps
Comp_D
12 channels
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
10 channels
(8 ext/2 int)
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-7. Functional Block Diagram – PW Package – MSP430FR5730, MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5738
Figure 6-8 shows the functional block diagram for the MSP430FR5732 and MSP430FR5736 devices in
the PW package.
PJ.4/XIN
DVCC DVSS VCORE
PJ.5/XOUT
AVCC AVSS
P1.x
16KB
Clock
System
ACLK
(FR5732)
SMCLK
FRAM
MCLK
CPUXV2
and
Working
Registers
I/O Ports
P1/P2
1×8 I/Os
1×7 I/Os
(FR5736)
8KB
1KB
Boot
ROM
Power
Management
PA
P2.x
SYS
Watchdog
SVS
Interrupt,
Wake up
PA
1×15 I/Os
RAM
Memory
Protection
Unit
MAB
DMA
MDB
3 Channel
EEM
(S: 3+1)
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
TEST/SBWTCK
PJ.0/TDO
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
PJ.2/TMS
PJ.3/TCK
JTAG,
SBW
Interface
TA0
TA1
TB0
(2) Timer_A
3 CC
Registers
(1) Timer_B
3 CC
Registers
RTC_B
MPY32
CRC
eUSCI_A0:
UART,
IrDA, SPI
eUSCI_B0:
SPI, I2C
Comp_D
REF
12 channels
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Figure 6-8. Functional Block Diagram – PW Package – MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5736
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
43
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.2
www.ti.com
CPU
The MSP430 CPU has a 16-bit RISC architecture that is highly transparent to the application. All
operations, other than program-flow instructions, are performed as register operations in conjunction with
seven addressing modes for source operand and four addressing modes for destination operand.
The CPU is integrated with 16 registers that provide reduced instruction execution time. The register-toregister operation execution time is one cycle of the CPU clock.
Four of the registers, R0 to R3, are dedicated as program counter, stack pointer, status register, and
constant generator, respectively. The remaining registers are general-purpose registers.
Peripherals are connected to the CPU using data, address, and control buses, and can be handled with all
instructions.
The instruction set consists of the original 51 instructions with three formats and seven address modes
and additional instructions for the expanded address range. Each instruction can operate on word and
byte data.
6.3
Operating Modes
The MSP430 has one active mode and seven software-selectable low-power modes of operation. An
interrupt event can wake up the device from low-power modes LPM0 through LPM4, service the request,
and restore back to the low-power mode on return from the interrupt program. Low-power modes LPM3.5
and LPM4.5 disable the core supply to minimize power consumption.
The following eight operating modes can be configured by software:
• Active mode (AM)
• Low-power mode 3 (LPM3)
– All clocks are active
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK active
• Low-power mode 0 (LPM0)
– MCLK and SMCLK disabled
– CPU is disabled
– DCO disabled
– ACLK active
– Complete data retention
– MCLK disabled
– SMCLK optionally active
• Low-power mode 4 (LPM4)
– Complete data retention
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK, MCLK, SMCLK disabled
• Low-power mode 1 (LPM1)
– Complete data retention
– CPU is disabled
– ACLK active
• Low-power mode 3.5 (LPM3.5)
– MCLK disabled
– RTC operation
– SMCLK optionally active
– Internal regulator disabled
– DCO disabled
– No data retention
– Complete data retention
– I/O pad state retention
– Wake-up input from RST, general• Low-power mode 2 (LPM2)
purpose I/O, RTC events
– CPU is disabled
•
Low-power
mode 4.5 (LPM4.5)
– ACLK active
– Internal regulator disabled
– MCLK disabled
– No data retention
– SMCLK optionally active
– I/O pad state retention
– DCO disabled
– Wake-up input from RST and general– Complete data retention
purpose I/O
44
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
6.4
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Interrupt Vector Addresses
The interrupt vectors and the power-up start address are in the address range 0FFFFh to 0FF80h (see
Table 6-1). The vector contains the 16-bit address of the appropriate interrupt-handler instruction
sequence.
Table 6-1. Interrupt Sources, Flags, and Vectors
INTERRUPT SOURCE
INTERRUPT FLAG
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
WORD
ADDRESS
PRIORITY
System Reset
Power-Up, Brownout, Supply
Supervisors
External Reset RST
Watchdog Time-out (Watchdog
mode)
WDT, FRCTL MPU, CS, PMM
Password Violation
FRAM double bit error detection
MPU segment violation
Software POR, BOR
SVSLIFG, SVSHIFG
PMMRSTIFG
WDTIFG
WDTPW, FRCTLPW, MPUPW, CSPW, PMMPW
DBDIFG
MPUSEGIIFG, MPUSEG1IFG, MPUSEG2IFG,
MPUSEG3IFG
PMMPORIFG, PMMBORIFG
(SYSRSTIV) (1) (2)
Reset
0FFFEh
63, highest
System NMI
Vacant Memory Access
JTAG Mailbox
FRAM access time error
FRAM single, double bit error
detection
VMAIFG
JMBNIFG, JMBOUTIFG
ACCTIMIFG
SBDIFG, DBDIFG
(SYSSNIV) (1)
(Non)maskable
0FFFCh
62
User NMI
External NMI
Oscillator Fault
NMIIFG, OFIFG
(SYSUNIV) (1) (2)
(Non)maskable
0FFFAh
61
Comparator_D
Comparator_D interrupt flags
(CBIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFF8h
60
TB0
TB0CCR0 CCIFG0
(3)
Maskable
0FFF6h
59
TB0
TB0CCR1 CCIFG1 to TB0CCR2 CCIFG2,
TB0IFG
(TB0IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFF4h
58
Watchdog Timer
(Interval Timer Mode)
WDTIFG
Maskable
0FFF2h
57
eUSCI_A0 Receive and Transmit
UCA0RXIFG, UCA0TXIFG (SPI mode)
UCA0STTIFG, UCA0TXCPTIFG, UCA0RXIFG,
UXA0TXIFG (UART mode)
(UCA0IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFF0h
56
eUSCI_B0 Receive and Transmit
UCB0STTIFG, UCB0TXCPTIFG, UCB0RXIFG,
UCB0TXIFG (SPI mode)
UCB0ALIFG, UCB0NACKIFG, UCB0STTIFG,
UCB0STPIFG, UCB0RXIFG0, UCB0TXIFG0,
UCB0RXIFG1, UCB0TXIFG1, UCB0RXIFG2,
UCB0TXIFG2, UCB0RXIFG3, UCB0TXIFG3,
UCB0CNTIFG, UCB0BIT9IFG (I2C mode)
(UCB0IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFEEh
55
ADC10_B
ADC10OVIFG, ADC10TOVIFG, ADC10HIIFG,
ADC10LOIFG
ADC10INIFG, ADC10IFG0
(ADC10IV) (1) (3) (4)
Maskable
0FFECh
54
Maskable
0FFEAh
53
Maskable
0FFE8h
52
TA0
TA0
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
TA0CCR0 CCIFG0
(3)
TA0CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA0CCR2 CCIFG2,
TA0IFG
(TA0IV) (1) (3)
Multiple source flags
A reset is generated if the CPU tries to fetch instructions from within peripheral space or vacant memory space.
(Non)maskable: the individual interrupt-enable bit can disable an interrupt event, but the general-interrupt enable cannot disable it.
Interrupt flags are located in the module.
Only on devices with ADC, otherwise reserved.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
45
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-1. Interrupt Sources, Flags, and Vectors (continued)
INTERRUPT SOURCE
INTERRUPT FLAG
SYSTEM
INTERRUPT
WORD
ADDRESS
PRIORITY
eUSCI_A1 Receive and Transmit
UCA1RXIFG, UCA1TXIFG (SPI mode)
UCA1STTIFG, UCA1TXCPTIFG, UCA1RXIFG,
UXA1TXIFG (UART mode)
(UCA1IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFE6h
51
DMA
DMA0IFG, DMA1IFG, DMA2IFG
(DMAIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFE4h
50
Maskable
0FFE2h
49
TA1
TA1
TA1CCR1 CCIFG1 to TA1CCR2 CCIFG2,
TA1IFG
(TA1IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFE0h
48
I/O Port P1
P1IFG.0 to P1IFG.7
(P1IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFDEh
47
TB1
Maskable
0FFDCh
46
TB1
Maskable
0FFDAh
45
I/O Port P2
P2IFG.0 to P2IFG.7
(P2IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFD8h
44
TB2CCR0 CCIFG0
(3)
Maskable
0FFD6h
43
TB2
TB2CCR1 CCIFG1 to TB2CCR2 CCIFG2,
TB2IFG
(TB2IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFD4h
42
I/O Port P3
P3IFG.0 to P3IFG.7
(P3IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFD2h
41
I/O Port P4
P4IFG.0 to P4IFG.2
(P4IV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFD0h
40
RTC_B
RTCRDYIFG, RTCTEVIFG, RTCAIFG,
RT0PSIFG, RT1PSIFG, RTCOFIFG
(RTCIV) (1) (3)
Maskable
0FFCEh
39
0FFCCh
38
Reserved
46
TB1CCR0 CCIFG0
(3)
TB1CCR1 CCIFG1 to TB1CCR2 CCIFG2,
TB1IFG
(TB1IV) (1) (3)
TB2
(5)
TA1CCR0 CCIFG0
(3)
Reserved
(5)
⋮
⋮
0FF80h
0, lowest
Reserved interrupt vectors at addresses are not used in this device and can be used for regular program code if necessary. To maintain
compatibility with other devices, it is recommended to reserve these locations.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
6.5
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Memory Organization
Table 6-2 describes the memory organization for all device variants.
Table 6-2. Memory Organization (1) (2)
MSP430FR5736
MSP430FR5737
MSP430FR5738
MSP430FR5739
MSP430FR5732
MSP430FR5733
MSP430FR5734
MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5731
15.5KB
00FFFFh–00FF80h
00FF7Fh–00C200h
8.0KB
00FFFFh–00FF80h
00FF7Fh–00E000h
4KB
00FFFFh–00FF80h
00FF7Fh–00F000h
RAM
1KB
001FFFh–001C00h
1KB
001FFFh–001C00h
1KB
001FFFh–001C00h
Device Descriptor Info
(TLV) (FRAM)
128 B
001A7Fh–001A00h
128 B
001A7Fh–001A00h
128 B
001A7Fh–001A00h
N/A
0019FFh–001980h
Address space mirrored to
Info A
0019FFh–001980h
Address space mirrored to
Info A
0019FFh–001980h
Address space mirrored to
Info A
N/A
00197Fh–001900h
Address space mirrored to
Info B
00197Fh–001900h
Address space mirrored to
Info B
00197Fh–001900h
Address space mirrored to
Info B
Info A
128 B
0018FFh–001880h
128 B
0018FFh–001880h
128 B
0018FFh–001880h
Info B
128 B
00187Fh–001800h
128 B
00187Fh–001800h
128 B
00187Fh–001800h
BSL 3
512 B
0017FFh–001600h
512 B
0017FFh–001600h
512 B
0017FFh–001600h
BSL 2
512 B
0015FFh–001400h
512 B
0015FFh–001400h
512 B
0015FFh–001400h
BSL 1
512 B
0013FFh–001200h
512 B
0013FFh–001200h
512 B
0013FFh–001200h
BSL 0
512 B
0011FFh–001000h
512 B
0011FFh–001000h
512 B
0011FFh–001000h
4KB
000FFFh–0h
4KB
000FFFh–0h
4KB
000FFFh–0h
Memory (FRAM)
Main: interrupt vectors
Main: code memory
Information memory
(FRAM)
Bootloader (BSL)
memory (ROM)
Peripherals
(1)
(2)
Total Size
Size
N/A = Not available
All address space not listed in this table is considered vacant memory.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
47
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.6
www.ti.com
Bootloader (BSL)
The BSL enables users to program the FRAM or RAM using a UART serial interface. Access to the device
memory by the BSL is protected by an user-defined password. Use of the BSL requires four pins (see
Table 6-3). BSL entry requires a specific entry sequence on the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO and TEST/SBWTCK
pins. For complete description of the features of the BSL and its implementation, see the MSP430
Programming With the Bootloader User's Guide.
Table 6-3. BSL Pin Requirements and Functions
6.7
6.7.1
DEVICE SIGNAL
BSL FUNCTION
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
Entry sequence signal
TEST/SBWTCK
Entry sequence signal
P2.0
Data transmit
P2.1
Data receive
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
JTAG Operation
JTAG Standard Interface
The MSP430 family supports the standard JTAG interface, which requires four signals for sending and
receiving data. The JTAG signals are shared with general-purpose I/O. The TEST/SBWTCK pin is used to
enable the JTAG signals. In addition to these signals, the RST/NMI/SBWTDIO is required to interface with
MSP430 development tools and device programmers. Table 6-4 lists the JTAG pin requirements. For
further details on interfacing to development tools and device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware
Tools User's Guide. For a complete description of the features of the JTAG interface and its
implementation, see MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface.
Table 6-4. JTAG Pin Requirements and Functions
48
DEVICE SIGNAL
DIRECTION
FUNCTION
PJ.3/TCK
IN
JTAG clock input
PJ.2/TMS
IN
JTAG state control
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK
IN
JTAG data input, TCLK input
PJ.0/TDO
OUT
JTAG data output
TEST/SBWTCK
IN
Enable JTAG pins
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
IN
External reset
Detailed Description
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
6.7.2
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Spy-Bi-Wire Interface
In addition to the standard JTAG interface, the MSP430 family supports the 2-wire Spy-Bi-Wire interface.
Spy-Bi-Wire can be used to interface with MSP430 development tools and device programmers. Table 6-5
lists the Spy-Bi-Wire interface pin requirements. For further details on interfacing to development tools and
device programmers, see the MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide. For a complete description of the
features of the JTAG interface and its implementation, see MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface.
Table 6-5. Spy-Bi-Wire Pin Requirements and Functions
6.8
DEVICE SIGNAL
DIRECTION
FUNCTION
TEST/SBWTCK
IN
Spy-Bi-Wire clock input
RST/NMI/SBWTDIO
IN, OUT
Spy-Bi-Wire data input and output
VCC
Power supply
VSS
Ground supply
FRAM
The FRAM can be programmed through the JTAG port, Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW), the BSL, or in-system by the
CPU. Features of the FRAM include:
• Low-power ultra-fast write nonvolatile memory
• Byte and word access capability
• Programmable and automated wait state generation
• Error correction coding (ECC) with single bit detection and correction, double bit detection
For important software design information regarding FRAM including but not limited to partitioning the
memory layout according to application-specific code, constant, and data space requirements, the use of
FRAM to optimize application energy consumption, and the use of the memory protection unit (MPU) to
maximize application robustness by protecting the program code against unintended write accesses, see
MSP430™ FRAM Technology – How To and Best Practices.
6.9
Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
The FRAM can be protected from inadvertent CPU execution or write access by the MPU. Features of the
MPU include:
• Main memory partitioning programmable up to three segments
• Access rights for each segment (main and information memory) can be individually selected
• Access violation flags with interrupt capability for easy servicing of access violations
6.10 Peripherals
Peripherals are connected to the CPU through data, address, and control buses. Peripherals can be
managed using all instructions. For complete module descriptions, see the MSP430FR57xx Family User's
Guide.
6.10.1 Digital I/O
Up to four 8-bit I/O ports are implemented:
• All individual I/O bits are independently programmable.
• Any combination of input, output, and interrupt conditions is possible.
• Programmable pullup or pulldown on all ports.
• Edge-selectable interrupt and LPM3.5 and LPM4.5 wake-up input capability is available for all ports.
• Read and write access to port-control registers is supported by all instructions.
• Ports can be accessed byte-wise or word-wise in pairs.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
49
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.10.2 Oscillator and Clock System (CS)
The clock system includes support for a 32-kHz watch crystal oscillator XT1 (LF mode), an internal verylow-power low-frequency oscillator (VLO), an integrated internal digitally controlled oscillator (DCO), and a
high-frequency crystal oscillator XT1 (HF mode). The clock system module is designed to meet the
requirements of both low system cost and low power consumption. A fail-safe mechanism exists for all
crystal sources. The clock system module provides the following clock signals:
• Auxiliary clock (ACLK), sourced from a 32-kHz watch crystal (XT1 LF mode), a high-frequency crystal
(XT1 HF mode), the internal VLO, or the internal DCO.
• Main clock (MCLK), the system clock used by the CPU. MCLK can be sourced by the same sources
made available to ACLK.
• Sub-Main clock (SMCLK), the subsystem clock used by the peripheral modules. SMCLK can be
sourced by the same sources made available to ACLK.
6.10.3 Power-Management Module (PMM)
The PMM includes an integrated voltage regulator that supplies the core voltage to the device. The PMM
also includes supply voltage supervisor (SVS) and brownout protection. The brownout circuit is
implemented to provide the proper internal reset signal to the device during power-on and power-off. The
SVS circuitry detects if the supply voltage drops below a user-selectable safe level. SVS circuitry is
available on the primary and core supplies.
6.10.4 Hardware Multiplier (MPY)
The multiplication operation is supported by a dedicated peripheral module. The module performs
operations with 32-, 24-, 16-, and 8-bit operands. The module supports signed and unsigned multiplication
as well as signed and unsigned multiply-and-accumulate operations.
6.10.5 Real-Time Clock (RTC_B)
The RTC_B module contains an integrated real-time clock (RTC) (calendar mode). Calendar mode
integrates an internal calendar which compensates for months with fewer than 31 days and includes leap
year correction. The RTC_B also supports flexible alarm functions and offset-calibration hardware. RTC
operation is available in LPM3.5 mode to minimize power consumption.
6.10.6 Watchdog Timer (WDT_A)
The primary function of the WDT_A module is to perform a controlled system restart after a software
problem occurs. If the selected time interval expires, a system reset is generated. If the watchdog function
is not needed in an application, the module can be configured as an interval timer and can generate
interrupts at selected time intervals.
6.10.7 System Module (SYS)
The SYS module handles many of the system functions within the device. These include power-on reset
(POR) and power-up clear (PUC) handling, NMI source selection and management, reset interrupt vector
generators (see Table 6-6), bootloader entry mechanisms, and configuration management (device
descriptors). It also includes a data exchange mechanism using JTAG called a JTAG mailbox that can be
used in the application.
50
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-6. System Module Interrupt Vector Registers
INTERRUPT VECTOR
REGISTER
SYSRSTIV,
System Reset
ADDRESS
019Eh
SYSSNIV, System NMI
019Ch
INTERRUPT EVENT
No interrupt pending
00h
Brownout (BOR)
02h
RSTIFG RST/NMI (BOR)
04h
PMMSWBOR software BOR (BOR)
06h
LPMx.5 wake up (BOR)
08h
Security violation (BOR)
0Ah
SVSLIFG SVSL event (BOR)
0Ch
SVSHIFG SVSH event (BOR)
0Eh
Reserved
10h
Reserved
12h
PMMSWPOR software POR (POR)
14h
WDTIFG watchdog time-out (PUC)
16h
WDTPW password violation (PUC)
18h
FRCTLPW password violation (PUC)
1Ah
DBDIFG FRAM double bit error (PUC)
1Ch
Peripheral area fetch (PUC)
1Eh
PMMPW PMM password violation (PUC)
20h
MPUPW MPU password violation (PUC)
22h
CSPW CS password violation (PUC)
24h
MPUSEGIIFG information memory segment violation (PUC)
26h
MPUSEG1IFG segment 1 memory violation (PUC)
28h
MPUSEG2IFG segment 2 memory violation (PUC)
2Ah
MPUSEG3IFG segment 3 memory violation (PUC)
2Ch
Reserved
2Eh
Reserved
30h to 3Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
DBDIFG FRAM double bit error
02h
ACCTIMIFG access time error
04h
Reserved
0Eh
VMAIFG Vacant memory access
10h
JMBINIFG JTAG mailbox input
12h
JMBOUTIFG JTAG mailbox output
14h
SBDIFG FRAM single bit error
Reserved
SYSUNIV, User NMI
019Ah
VALUE
PRIORITY
Highest
Lowest
Highest
16h
18h to 1Eh
No interrupt pending
00h
NMIIFG NMI pin
02h
OFIFG oscillator fault
04h
Reserved
06h
Reserved
08h
Reserved
0Ah to 1Eh
Lowest
Highest
Lowest
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
51
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.10.8 DMA Controller
The DMA controller allows movement of data from one memory address to another without CPU
intervention. For example, the DMA controller can be used to move data from the ADC10_B conversion
memory to RAM. Using the DMA controller can increase the throughput of peripheral modules. The DMA
controller reduces system power consumption by allowing the CPU to remain in sleep mode, without
having to awaken to move data to or from a peripheral. Table 6-7 lists all triggers to start DMA transfers.
Table 6-7. DMA Trigger Assignments
TRIGGER
CHANNEL 0
CHANNEL 1
0
DMAREQ
DMAREQ
DMAREQ
1
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
TA0CCR0 CCIFG
2
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
TA0CCR2 CCIFG
3
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
TA1CCR0 CCIFG
4
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
TA1CCR2 CCIFG
5
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
6
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
7
TB0CCR0 CCIFG
TB0CCR0 CCIFG
TB0CCR0 CCIFG
8
TB0CCR2 CCIFG
TB0CCR2 CCIFG
TB0CCR2 CCIFG
TB1CCR0 CCIFG
TB1CCR0 CCIFG
(2)
TB1CCR0 CCIFG
(2)
10
TB1CCR2 CCIFG
(2)
TB1CCR2 CCIFG
(2)
TB1CCR2 CCIFG
(2)
11
TB2CCR0 CCIFG
(3)
TB2CCR0 CCIFG
(3)
TB2CCR0 CCIFG
(3)
TB2CCR2 CCIFG
(3)
TB2CCR2 CCIFG
(3)
TB2CCR2 CCIFG
(3)
12
13
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
14
UCA0RXIFG
UCA0RXIFG
UCA0RXIFG
15
16
17
18
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
CHANNEL 2
(2)
9
52
(1)
UCA0TXIFG
UCA1RXIFG
(4)
UCA1TXIFG
(4)
UCB0RXIFG0
UCA0TXIFG
UCA1RXIFG
(4)
UCA1TXIFG
(4)
UCB0RXIFG0
UCA0TXIFG
UCA1RXIFG
(4)
UCA1TXIFG
(4)
UCB0RXIFG0
19
UCB0TXIFG0
UCB0TXIFG0
UCB0TXIFG0
20
UCB0RXIFG1
UCB0RXIFG1
UCB0RXIFG1
21
UCB0TXIFG1
UCB0TXIFG1
UCB0TXIFG1
22
UCB0RXIFG2
UCB0RXIFG2
UCB0RXIFG2
23
UCB0TXIFG2
UCB0TXIFG2
UCB0TXIFG2
24
UCB0RXIFG3
UCB0RXIFG3
UCB0RXIFG3
25
UCB0TXIFG3
26
ADC10IFGx
27
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
28
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
29
MPY ready
MPY ready
MPY ready
30
DMA2IFG
DMA0IFG
31
DMAE0
(6)
(5)
UCB0TXIFG3
ADC10IFGx
DMAE0
(6)
(5)
UCB0TXIFG3
ADC10IFGx
(5)
DMA1IFG
DMAE0
(6)
If a reserved trigger source is selected, no trigger is generated.
Only on devices with TB1, otherwise reserved
Only on devices with TB2, otherwise reserved
Only on devices with eUSCI_A1, otherwise reserved
Only on devices with ADC, otherwise reserved
This function is not available on YQD package types.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.10.9 Enhanced Universal Serial Communication Interface (eUSCI)
The eUSCI modules are used for serial data communication. The eUSCI module supports synchronous
communication protocols such as SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) and I2C, and asynchronous communication
protocols such as UART, enhanced UART with automatic baudrate detection, and IrDA. Each eUSCI
module contains two portions, A and B.
The eUSCI_An module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin), UART, enhanced UART, or IrDA.
The eUSCI_Bn module provides support for SPI (3-pin or 4-pin) or I2C.
The MSP430FR573x series include one or two eUSCI_An modules (eUSCI_A0, eUSCI_A1) and one
eUSCI_Bn module (eUSCI_B).
6.10.10 TA0, TA1
TA0 and TA1 are 16-bit timers/counters (Timer_A type) with three capture/compare registers each. TA0
and TA1 can support multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing (see Table 6-8 and
Table 6-9). TA0 and TA1 have extensive interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may be generated from the
counter on overflow conditions and from each of the capture/compare registers.
Table 6-8. TA0 Signal Connections
RHA
RGE, YQD
INPUT PIN NUMBER
DA
PW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
3-P1.2
3-P1.2,
C1‑P1.2
7-P1.2
7-P1.2
TA0CLK
TACLK
ACLK
(internal)
ACLK
SMCLK
(internal)
SMCLK
3-P1.2
3-P1.2,
C1‑P1.2
7-P1.2
7-P1.2
TA0CLK
TACLK
28-P1.6
16-P1.6,
D5‑P1.6
30-P1.6
22-P1.6
TA0.0
CCI0A
34-P2.3
N/A
36-P2.3
27-P2.3
TA0.0
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
1-P1.0
2-P1.1
(1)
1-P1.0, N/A
2-P1.1,
D1‑P1.1
5-P1.0
6-P1.1
5-P1.0
6-P1.1
DVCC
VCC
TA0.1
CCI1A
CDOUT
(internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
CCR0
CCR1
DVCC
VCC
TA0.2
CCI2A
ACLK
(internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA0
TA1
TA0.0
TA0.1
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
RHA
RGE, YQD
DA
PW
28-P1.6
16-P1.6,
D5‑P1.6
30-P1.6
22-P1.6
34-P2.3
N/A
36-P2.3
27-P2.3
1-P1.0
1-P1.0, N/A
5-P1.0
5-P1.0
ADC10
ADC10
ADC10
ADC10
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx =
{1}
{1}
{1}
{1}
2-P1.1
CCR2
TA2
2-P1.1,
D1‑P1.1
6-P1.1
6-P1.1
TA0.2
Only on devices with ADC
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
53
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-9. TA1 Signal Connections
RHA
RGE, YQD
INPUT PIN NUMBER
DA
PW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
2-P1.1
2-P1.1,
D1‑P1.1
6-P1.1
6-P1.1
TA1CLK
TACLK
ACLK
(internal)
ACLK
SMCLK
(internal)
SMCLK
2-P1.1
2-P1.1,
D1‑P1.1
6-P1.1
6-P1.1
TA1CLK
TACLK
29-P1.7
17-P1.7,
C5‑P1.7
31-P1.7
23-P1.7
TA1.0
CCI0A
35-P2.4
N/A
37-P2.4
28-P2.4
TA1.0
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
3-P1.2
8-P1.3
54
3-P1.2, N/A
4-P1.3,
B1‑P1.3
7-P1.2
12-P1.3
Detailed Description
7-P1.2
8-P1.3
DVCC
VCC
TA1.1
CCI1A
CDOUT
(internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TA1.2
CCI2A
ACLK
(internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
CCR0
CCR1
CCR2
TA0
TA1
TA2
TA1.0
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
RHA
RGE, YQD
DA
PW
29-P1.7
17-P1.7,
C5‑P1.7
31-P1.7
23-P1.7
35-P2.4
N/A
37-P2.4
28-P2.4
3-P1.2
3-P1.2, N/A
7-P1.2
7-P1.2
8-P1.3
4-P1.3,
B1‑P1.3
12-P1.3
8-P1.3
TA1.1
TA1.2
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.10.11 TB0, TB1, TB2
TB0, TB1, and TB2 are 16-bit timers/counters (Timer_B type) with three capture/compare registers each.
TB0, TB1, and TB2 can support multiple capture/compares, PWM outputs, and interval timing (see
Table 6-10 through Table 6-12). TB0, TB1, and TB2 have extensive interrupt capabilities. Interrupts may
be generated from the counter on overflow conditions and from each of the capture/compare registers.
Table 6-10. TB0 Signal Connections
RHA
RGE, YQD
INPUT PIN NUMBER
DA
PW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
21-P2.0
13-P2.0,
A5‑P2.0
23-P2.0
19-P2.0
TB0CLK
TBCLK
ACLK
(internal)
ACLK
SMCLK
(internal)
SMCLK
21-P2.0
13-P2.0,
A5‑P2.0
23-P2.0
19-P2.0
TB0CLK
TBCLK
22-P2.1
14-P2.1,
C4‑P2.1
24-P2.1
20-P2.1
TB0.0
CCI0A
17-P2.5
N/A
19-P2.5
15-P2.5
TB0.0
CCI0B
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
CCR0
DVSS
9-P1.4
10-P1.5
(1)
5-P1.4,
B2‑P1.4
6‑P1.5, A1P1.5
13-P1.4
14-P1.5
9-P1.4
19-P1.5
TB0
TB0.0
GND
DVCC
VCC
TB0.1
CCI1A
CDOUT
(internal)
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
TB0.2
CCI2A
ACLK
(internal)
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
RHA
RGE, YQD
DA
PW
22-P2.1
14-P2.1,
C4‑P2.1
24-P2.1
20-P2.1
17-P2.5
N/A
19-P2.5
15-P2.5
ADC10
ADC10
ADC10
ADC10
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx =
{2}
{2}
{2}
{2}
9-P1.4
CCR1
TB1
TB0.1
TB2
13-P1.4
9-P1.4
ADC10
ADC10
ADC10
ADC10
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
(internal) (1)
ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx = ADC10SHSx =
{3}
{3}
{3}
{3}
10-P1.5
CCR2
5-P1.4,
B2‑P1.4
6-P1.5,
A1‑P1.5
14-P1.5
19-P1.5
TB0.2
Only on devices with ADC
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
55
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-11. TB1 Signal Connections
RHA
RGE, YQD
INPUT PIN NUMBER
DA
PW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
26-P3.6
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
28-P3.6
N/A (DVSS)
TB1CLK
TBCLK
ACLK
(internal)
ACLK
SMCLK
(internal)
SMCLK
26-P3.6
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
28-P3.6
N/A (DVSS)
TB1CLK
TBCLK
23-P2.2
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
25-P2.2
N/A (DVSS)
TB1.0
CCI0A
18-P2.6
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
20-P2.6
N/A (DVSS)
TB1.0
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
28-P1.6
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
30-P1.6
N/A (DVSS)
TB1.1
CCI1A
24-P3.4
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
26-P3.4
N/A (DVSS)
TB1.1
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
29-P1.7
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
31-P1.7
N/A (DVSS)
TB1.2
CCI2A
25-P3.5
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
27-P3.5
N/A (DVSS)
TB1.2
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
(1)
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
CCR0
CCR1
CCR2
TB0
TB1
TB2
TB1.0
TB1.1
TB1.2
RHA
RGE, YQD
INPUT PIN NUMBER
DA
PW
DEVICE
INPUT
SIGNAL
MODULE
INPUT
SIGNAL
24-P3.4
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
26-P3.4
N/A (DVSS)
TB2CLK
TBCLK
ACLK
(internal)
ACLK
SMCLK
(internal)
SMCLK
24-P3.4
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
26-P3.4
N/A (DVSS)
TB2CLK
TBCLK
21-P2.0
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
23-P2.0
N/A (DVSS)
TB2.0
CCI0A
15-P4.0
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
N/A (DVSS)
N/A (DVSS)
TB2.0
CCI0B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
22-P2.1
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
24-P2.1
N/A (DVSS)
TB2.1
CCI1A
26-P3.6
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
28-P3.6
N/A (DVSS)
TB2.1
CCI1B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
23-P2.2
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
25-P2.2
N/A (DVSS)
TB2.2
CCI2A
27-P3.7
N/A (DVSS),
N/A (DVSS)
29-P3.7
N/A (DVSS)
TB2.2
CCI2B
DVSS
GND
DVCC
VCC
56
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
RHA
RGE, YQD
DA
PW
23-P2.2
N/A
25-P2.2
N/A
18-P2.6
N/A
20-P2.6
N/A
28-P1.6
N/A
30-P1.6
N/A
24-P3.4
N/A
26-P3.4
N/A
29-P1.7
N/A
31-P1.7
N/A
25-P3.5
N/A
27-P3.5
N/A
RHA
RGE, YQD
DA
PW
21-P2.0
N/A
23-P2.0
N/A
15-P4.0
N/A
36-P4.0
N/A
22-P2.1
N/A
24-P2.1
N/A
26-P3.6
N/A
28-P3.6
N/A
23-P2.2
N/A
25-P2.2
N/A
27-P3.7
N/A
29-P3.7
N/A
TB1 is not present on all device types.
Table 6-12. TB2 Signal Connections
(1)
(1)
(1)
MODULE
BLOCK
MODULE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
DEVICE
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
Timer
N/A
N/A
CCR0
CCR1
CCR2
TB0
TB1
TB2
TB2.0
TB2.1
TB2.2
OUTPUT PIN NUMBER
TB2 is not present on all device types.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.10.12 ADC10_B
The ADC10_B module supports fast 10-bit analog-to-digital conversions. The module implements a 10-bit
SAR core, sample select control, reference generator, and a conversion result buffer. A window
comparator with lower and an upper limits allows CPU-independent result monitoring with three window
comparator interrupt flags.
6.10.13 Comparator_D
The primary function of the Comparator_D module is to support precision slope analog-to-digital
conversions, battery voltage supervision, and monitoring of external analog signals.
6.10.14 CRC16
The CRC16 module produces a signature based on a sequence of entered data values and can be used
for data checking purposes. The CRC16 module signature is based on the CRC-CCITT standard.
6.10.15 Shared Reference (REF)
The REF module generates all of the critical reference voltages that can be used by the various analog
peripherals in the device.
6.10.16 Embedded Emulation Module (EEM)
The EEM supports real-time in-system debugging. The S version of the EEM has the following features:
• Three hardware triggers or breakpoints on memory access
• One hardware trigger or breakpoint on CPU register write access
• Up to four hardware triggers can be combined to form complex triggers or breakpoints
• One cycle counter
• Clock control on module level
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
57
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.10.17 Peripheral File Map
Table 6-13 lists the base address and offset range of all available peripherals.
Table 6-13. Peripherals
BASE ADDRESS
OFFSET ADDRESS
RANGE
Special Functions (see Table 6-14)
0100h
000h–01Fh
PMM (see Table 6-15)
0120h
000h–010h
FRAM Control (see Table 6-16)
0140h
000h–00Fh
CRC16 (see Table 6-17)
0150h
000h–007h
Watchdog (see Table 6-18)
015Ch
000h–001h
CS (see Table 6-19)
0160h
000h–00Fh
SYS (see Table 6-20)
0180h
000h–01Fh
Shared Reference (see Table 6-21)
01B0h
000h–001h
Port P1, P2 (see Table 6-22)
0200h
000h–01Fh
Port P3, P4 (see Table 6-23)
0220h
000h–01Fh
Port PJ (see Table 6-24)
0320h
000h–01Fh
TA0 (see Table 6-25)
0340h
000h–02Fh
TA1 (see Table 6-26)
0380h
000h–02Fh
TB0 (see Table 6-27)
03C0h
000h–02Fh
TB1 (see Table 6-28)
0400h
000h–02Fh
TB2 (see Table 6-29)
0440h
000h–02Fh
Real-Time Clock (RTC_B) (see Table 6-30)
04A0h
000h–01Fh
32-Bit Hardware Multiplier (see Table 6-31)
04C0h
000h–02Fh
DMA General Control (see Table 6-32)
0500h
000h–00Fh
DMA Channel 0 (see Table 6-32)
0510h
000h–00Ah
DMA Channel 1 (see Table 6-32)
0520h
000h–00Ah
DMA Channel 2 (see Table 6-32)
0530h
000h–00Ah
MPU Control (see Table 6-33)
05A0h
000h–00Fh
eUSCI_A0 (see Table 6-34)
05C0h
000h–01Fh
eUSCI_A1 (see Table 6-35)
05E0h
000h–01Fh
eUSCI_B0 (see Table 6-36)
0640h
000h–02Fh
ADC10_B (see Table 6-37)
0700h
000h–03Fh
Comparator_D (see Table 6-38)
08C0h
000h–00Fh
MODULE NAME
58
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-14. Special Function Registers (Base Address: 0100h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
SFR interrupt enable
SFRIE1
00h
SFR interrupt flag
SFRIFG1
02h
SFR reset pin control
SFRRPCR
04h
Table 6-15. PMM Registers (Base Address: 0120h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
PMM Control 0
PMMCTL0
00h
PMM interrupt flags
PMMIFG
0Ah
PM5 control 0
PM5CTL0
10h
Table 6-16. FRAM Control Registers (Base Address: 0140h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
FRAM control 0
FRCTLCTL0
00h
General control 0
GCCTL0
04h
General control 1
GCCTL1
06h
Table 6-17. CRC16 Registers (Base Address: 0150h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
CRC data input
CRC16DI
00h
CRC data input reverse byte
CRCDIRB
02h
CRC initialization and result
CRCINIRES
04h
CRC result reverse byte
CRCRESR
06h
Table 6-18. Watchdog Registers (Base Address: 015Ch)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Watchdog timer control
REGISTER
WDTCTL
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-19. CS Registers (Base Address: 0160h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
CS control 0
CSCTL0
00h
CS control 1
CSCTL1
02h
CS control 2
CSCTL2
04h
CS control 3
CSCTL3
06h
CS control 4
CSCTL4
08h
CS control 5
CSCTL5
0Ah
CS control 6
CSCTL6
0Ch
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
59
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-20. SYS Registers (Base Address: 0180h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
System control
SYSCTL
00h
JTAG mailbox control
SYSJMBC
06h
JTAG mailbox input 0
SYSJMBI0
08h
JTAG mailbox input 1
SYSJMBI1
0Ah
JTAG mailbox output 0
SYSJMBO0
0Ch
JTAG mailbox output 1
SYSJMBO1
0Eh
Bus Error vector generator
SYSBERRIV
18h
User NMI vector generator
SYSUNIV
1Ah
System NMI vector generator
SYSSNIV
1Ch
Reset vector generator
SYSRSTIV
1Eh
Table 6-21. Shared Reference Registers (Base Address: 01B0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Shared reference control
REGISTER
REFCTL
OFFSET
00h
Table 6-22. Port P1, P2 Registers (Base Address: 0200h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P1 input
P1IN
00h
Port P1 output
P1OUT
02h
Port P1 direction
P1DIR
04h
Port P1 pullup/pulldown enable
P1REN
06h
Port P1 selection 0
P1SEL0
0Ah
Port P1 selection 1
P1SEL1
0Ch
Port P1 interrupt vector word
P1IV
0Eh
Port P1 complement selection
P1SELC
16h
Port P1 interrupt edge select
P1IES
18h
Port P1 interrupt enable
P1IE
1Ah
Port P1 interrupt flag
P1IFG
1Ch
Port P2 input
P2IN
01h
Port P2 output
P2OUT
03h
Port P2 direction
P2DIR
05h
Port P2 pullup/pulldown enable
P2REN
07h
Port P2 selection 0
P2SEL0
0Bh
Port P2 selection 1
P2SEL1
0Dh
Port P2 complement selection
P2SELC
17h
Port P2 interrupt vector word
P2IV
1Eh
Port P2 interrupt edge select
P2IES
19h
Port P2 interrupt enable
P2IE
1Bh
Port P2 interrupt flag
P2IFG
1Dh
60
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-23. Port P3, P4 Registers (Base Address: 0220h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port P3 input
P3IN
00h
Port P3 output
P3OUT
02h
Port P3 direction
P3DIR
04h
Port P3 pullup/pulldown enable
P3REN
06h
Port P3 selection 0
P3SEL0
0Ah
Port P3 selection 1
P3SEL1
0Ch
Port P3 interrupt vector word
P3IV
0Eh
Port P3 complement selection
P3SELC
16h
Port P3 interrupt edge select
P3IES
18h
Port P3 interrupt enable
P3IE
1Ah
Port P3 interrupt flag
P3IFG
1Ch
Port P4 input
P4IN
01h
Port P4 output
P4OUT
03h
Port P4 direction
P4DIR
05h
Port P4 pullup/pulldown enable
P4REN
07h
Port P4 selection 0
P4SEL0
0Bh
Port P4 selection 1
P4SEL1
0Dh
Port P4 complement selection
P4SELC
17h
Port P4 interrupt vector word
P4IV
1Eh
Port P4 interrupt edge select
P4IES
19h
Port P4 interrupt enable
P4IE
1Bh
Port P4 interrupt flag
P4IFG
1Dh
Table 6-24. Port J Registers (Base Address: 0320h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Port PJ input
PJIN
00h
Port PJ output
PJOUT
02h
Port PJ direction
PJDIR
04h
Port PJ pullup/pulldown enable
PJREN
06h
Port PJ selection 0
PJSEL0
0Ah
Port PJ selection 1
PJSEL1
0Ch
Port PJ complement selection
PJSELC
16h
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
61
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-25. TA0 Registers (Base Address: 0340h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA0 control
TA0CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA0CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA0CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA0CCTL2
06h
TA0 counter
TA0R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TA0CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TA0CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TA0CCR2
16h
TA0 expansion 0
TA0EX0
20h
TA0 interrupt vector
TA0IV
2Eh
Table 6-26. TA1 Registers (Base Address: 0380h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TA1 control
TA1CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TA1CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TA1CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TA1CCTL2
06h
TA1 counter
TA1R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TA1CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TA1CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TA1CCR2
16h
TA1 expansion 0
TA1EX0
20h
TA1 interrupt vector
TA1IV
2Eh
Table 6-27. TB0 Registers (Base Address: 03C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TB0 control
TB0CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TB0CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TB0CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TB0CCTL2
06h
TB0 counter
TB0R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TB0CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TB0CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TB0CCR2
16h
TB0 expansion 0
TB0EX0
20h
TB0 interrupt vector
TB0IV
2Eh
62
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-28. TB1 Registers (Base Address: 0400h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TB1 control
TB1CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TB1CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TB1CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TB1CCTL2
06h
TB1 counter
TB1R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TB1CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TB1CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TB1CCR2
16h
TB1 expansion 0
TB1EX0
20h
TB1 interrupt vector
TB1IV
2Eh
Table 6-29. TB2 Registers (Base Address: 0440h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
TB2 control
TB2CTL
00h
Capture/compare control 0
TB2CCTL0
02h
Capture/compare control 1
TB2CCTL1
04h
Capture/compare control 2
TB2CCTL2
06h
TB2 counter
TB2R
10h
Capture/compare 0
TB2CCR0
12h
Capture/compare 1
TB2CCR1
14h
Capture/compare 2
TB2CCR2
16h
TB2 expansion 0
TB2EX0
20h
TB2 interrupt vector
TB2IV
2Eh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
63
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-30. Real-Time Clock Registers (Base Address: 04A0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
RTC control 0
RTCCTL0
00h
RTC control 1
RTCCTL1
01h
RTC control 2
RTCCTL2
02h
RTC control 3
RTCCTL3
03h
RTC prescaler 0 control
RTCPS0CTL
08h
RTC prescaler 1 control
RTCPS1CTL
0Ah
RTC prescaler 0
RTCPS0
0Ch
RTC prescaler 1
RTCPS1
0Dh
RTC interrupt vector word
RTCIV
0Eh
RTC seconds, RTC counter 1
RTCSEC, RTCNT1
10h
RTC minutes, RTC counter 2
RTCMIN, RTCNT2
11h
RTC hours, RTC counter 3
RTCHOUR, RTCNT3
12h
RTC day of week, RTC counter 4
RTCDOW, RTCNT4
13h
RTC days
RTCDAY
14h
RTC month
RTCMON
15h
RTC year low
RTCYEARL
16h
RTC year high
RTCYEARH
17h
RTC alarm minutes
RTCAMIN
18h
RTC alarm hours
RTCAHOUR
19h
RTC alarm day of week
RTCADOW
1Ah
RTC alarm days
RTCADAY
1Bh
Binary-to-BCD conversion register
BIN2BCD
1Ch
BCD-to-binary conversion register
BCD2BIN
1Eh
64
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-31. 32-Bit Hardware Multiplier Registers (Base Address: 04C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
16-bit operand 1 – multiply
MPY
00h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply
MPYS
02h
16-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate
MAC
04h
16-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate
MACS
06h
16-bit operand 2
OP2
08h
16 × 16 result low word
RESLO
0Ah
16 × 16 result high word
RESHI
0Ch
16 × 16 sum extension register
SUMEXT
0Eh
32-bit operand 1 – multiply low word
MPY32L
10h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply high word
MPY32H
12h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply low word
MPYS32L
14h
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply high word
MPYS32H
16h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate low word
MAC32L
18h
32-bit operand 1 – multiply accumulate high word
MAC32H
1Ah
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate low word
MACS32L
1Ch
32-bit operand 1 – signed multiply accumulate high word
MACS32H
1Eh
32-bit operand 2 – low word
OP2L
20h
32-bit operand 2 – high word
OP2H
22h
32 × 32 result 0 – least significant word
RES0
24h
32 × 32 result 1
RES1
26h
32 × 32 result 2
RES2
28h
32 × 32 result 3 – most significant word
RES3
2Ah
MPY32 control register 0
MPY32CTL0
2Ch
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
65
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-32. DMA Registers (Base Address DMA General Control: 0500h,
DMA Channel 0: 0510h, DMA Channel 1: 0520h, DMA Channel 2: 0530h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
DMA channel 0 control
DMA0CTL
00h
DMA channel 0 source address low
DMA0SAL
02h
DMA channel 0 source address high
DMA0SAH
04h
DMA channel 0 destination address low
DMA0DAL
06h
DMA channel 0 destination address high
DMA0DAH
08h
DMA channel 0 transfer size
DMA0SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 1 control
DMA1CTL
00h
DMA channel 1 source address low
DMA1SAL
02h
DMA channel 1 source address high
DMA1SAH
04h
DMA channel 1 destination address low
DMA1DAL
06h
DMA channel 1 destination address high
DMA1DAH
08h
DMA channel 1 transfer size
DMA1SZ
0Ah
DMA channel 2 control
DMA2CTL
00h
DMA channel 2 source address low
DMA2SAL
02h
DMA channel 2 source address high
DMA2SAH
04h
DMA channel 2 destination address low
DMA2DAL
06h
DMA channel 2 destination address high
DMA2DAH
08h
DMA channel 2 transfer size
DMA2SZ
0Ah
DMA module control 0
DMACTL0
00h
DMA module control 1
DMACTL1
02h
DMA module control 2
DMACTL2
04h
DMA module control 3
DMACTL3
06h
DMA module control 4
DMACTL4
08h
DMA interrupt vector
DMAIV
0Ah
Table 6-33. MPU Control Registers (Base Address: 05A0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
MPU control 0
MPUCTL0
00h
MPU control 1
MPUCTL1
02h
MPU segmentation
MPUSEG
04h
MPU access management
MPUSAM
06h
66
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-34. eUSCI_A0 Registers (Base Address: 05C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
eUSCI_A control word 0
UCA0CTLW0
00h
eUSCI _A control word 1
UCA0CTLW1
02h
eUSCI_A baud rate 0
UCA0BR0
06h
eUSCI_A baud rate 1
UCA0BR1
07h
eUSCI_A modulation control
UCA0MCTLW
08h
eUSCI_A status
UCA0STAT
0Ah
eUSCI_A receive buffer
UCA0RXBUF
0Ch
eUSCI_A transmit buffer
UCA0TXBUF
0Eh
eUSCI_A LIN control
UCA0ABCTL
10h
eUSCI_A IrDA transmit control
UCA0IRTCTL
12h
eUSCI_A IrDA receive control
UCA0IRRCTL
13h
eUSCI_A interrupt enable
UCA0IE
1Ah
eUSCI_A interrupt flags
UCA0IFG
1Ch
eUSCI_A interrupt vector word
UCA0IV
1Eh
Table 6-35. eUSCI_A1 Registers (Base Address: 05E0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
eUSCI_A control word 0
UCA1CTLW0
00h
eUSCI _A control word 1
UCA1CTLW1
02h
eUSCI_A baud rate 0
UCA1BR0
06h
eUSCI_A baud rate 1
UCA1BR1
07h
eUSCI_A modulation control
UCA1MCTLW
08h
eUSCI_A status
UCA1STAT
0Ah
eUSCI_A receive buffer
UCA1RXBUF
0Ch
eUSCI_A transmit buffer
UCA1TXBUF
0Eh
eUSCI_A LIN control
UCA1ABCTL
10h
eUSCI_A IrDA transmit control
UCA1IRTCTL
12h
eUSCI_A IrDA receive control
UCA1IRRCTL
13h
eUSCI_A interrupt enable
UCA1IE
1Ah
eUSCI_A interrupt flags
UCA1IFG
1Ch
eUSCI_A interrupt vector word
UCA1IV
1Eh
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
67
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-36. eUSCI_B0 Registers (Base Address: 0640h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
eUSCI_B control word 0
UCB0CTLW0
00h
eUSCI_B control word 1
UCB0CTLW1
02h
eUSCI_B bit rate 0
UCB0BR0
06h
eUSCI_B bit rate 1
UCB0BR1
07h
eUSCI_B status word
UCB0STATW
08h
eUSCI_B byte counter threshold
UCB0TBCNT
0Ah
eUSCI_B receive buffer
UCB0RXBUF
0Ch
eUSCI_B transmit buffer
UCB0TXBUF
0Eh
eUSCI_B I2C own address 0
UCB0I2COA0
14h
eUSCI_B I2C own address 1
UCB0I2COA1
16h
eUSCI_B I2C own address 2
UCB0I2COA2
18h
eUSCI_B I2C own address 3
UCB0I2COA3
1Ah
eUSCI_B received address
UCB0ADDRX
1Ch
eUSCI_B address mask
UCB0ADDMASK
1Eh
eUSCI I2C slave address
UCB0I2CSA
20h
eUSCI interrupt enable
UCB0IE
2Ah
eUSCI interrupt flags
UCB0IFG
2Ch
eUSCI interrupt vector word
UCB0IV
2Eh
Table 6-37. ADC10_B Registers (Base Address: 0700h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
ADC10_B control 0
ADC10CTL0
00h
ADC10_B control 1
ADC10CTL1
02h
ADC10_B control 2
ADC10CTL2
04h
ADC10_B window comparator low threshold
ADC10LO
06h
ADC10_B window comparator high threshold
ADC10HI
08h
ADC10_B memory control 0
ADC10MCTL0
0Ah
ADC10_B conversion memory
ADC10MEM0
12h
ADC10_B Interrupt enable
ADC10IE
1Ah
ADC10_B interrupt flags
ADC10IGH
1Ch
ADC10_B interrupt vector word
ADC10IV
1Eh
Table 6-38. Comparator_D Registers (Base Address: 08C0h)
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
REGISTER
OFFSET
Comparator_D control 0
CDCTL0
00h
Comparator_D control 1
CDCTL1
02h
Comparator_D control 2
CDCTL2
04h
Comparator_D control 3
CDCTL3
06h
Comparator_D interrupt
CDINT
0Ch
Comparator_D interrupt vector word
CDIV
0Eh
68
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11 Input/Output Diagrams
6.11.1 Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.2) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-9 shows the port diagram. Table 6-39 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
External ADC reference
(P1.0, P1.1)
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CDPD.x
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P1OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0/CD0/VeREFP1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/CDOUT/A1/CD1/VeREF+
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/CDOUT/A2/CD2
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
P1IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-9. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.2) Diagram
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
69
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-39. Port P1 (P1.0 to P1.2) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
x
FUNCTION
P1.0 (I/O)
P1.0/TA0.1/DMAE0/RTCCLK/A0/CD0/VeREF-
0
(1)
(2)
(3)
70
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
DMAE0
0
RTCCLK
1
(2)
TA0.CCI2A
0
TA0.2
1
TA1CLK
0
CDOUT
1
P1.2 (I/O)
2
0
TA0.1
A1 (1) (2)
CD1 (1) (3)
VeREF+ (1)
P1.2/TA1.1/TA0CLK/CDOUT/A2/CD2
P1SEL0.x
0
0
P1.1 (I/O)
1
P1SEL1.x
I: 0; O: 1
TA0.CCI1A
A0 (1) (2)
CD0 (1) (3)
VeREF- (1)
P1.1/TA0.2/TA1CLK/CDOUT/A1/CD1/VeREF+
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P1DIR.x
(2)
TA1.CCI1A
0
TA1.1
1
TA0CLK
0
CDOUT
1
A2 (1) (2)
CD2 (1) (3)
X
Setting P1SEL1.x and P1SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Not available on all devices and package types.
Setting the CDPD.x bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents
when applying analog signals. Selecting the CDx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CDx bits automatically disables output
driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CDPD.x bit.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.2 Port P1 (P1.3 to P1.5) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-10 shows the port diagram. Table 6-40 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CDPD.x
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P1OUT.x
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/CD3
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/CD4
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/CD5
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
P1IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-10. Port P1 (P1.3 to P1.5) Diagram
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
71
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-40. Port P1 (P1.3 to P1.5) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
x
FUNCTION
P1.3 (I/O)
P1.3/TA1.2/UCB0STE/A3/CD3
3
4
0
(1)
1
1
P1.4 (I/O)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
TB0.CCI1A
0
TB0.1
1
X
(5)
TB0.CCI2A
0
TB0.2
1
(2) (3)
(2) (4)
A5
CD5
72
1
X
X
UCA0CLK
(5)
1
A3 (2) (3)
CD3 (2) (4)
P1.5(I/O)
(3)
(4)
0
1
A4
CD4
(1)
(2)
0
TA1.2
(2) (3)
(2) (4)
5
P1SEL0.x
0
0
UCA0STE
P1.5/TB0.2/UCA0CLK/A5/CD5
P1SEL1.x
I: 0; O: 1
TA1.CCI2A
UCB0STE
P1.4/TB0.1/UCA0STE/A4/CD4
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P1DIR.x
X
(5)
X
Direction controlled by eUSCI_B0 module.
Setting P1SEL1.x and P1SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Not available on all devices and package types.
Setting the CDPD.x bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents
when applying analog signals. Selecting the CDx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CDx bits automatically disables output
driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CDPD.x bit
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A0 module.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.3 Port P1 (P1.6 and P1.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-11 shows the port diagram. Table 6-41 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
DVSS
P1REN.x
P1DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P1OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
From module 3
11
P1.6/TB1.1/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
P1.7/TB1.2/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
P1IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-11. Port P1 (P1.6 and P1.7) Diagram
Table 6-41. Port P1 (P1.6 and P1.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P1.x)
x
FUNCTION
P1.6 (I/O)
TB1.CCI1A
P1.6/TB1.1/UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA/TA0.0
6
TB1.1
(1)
(2)
P1SEL1.x
P1SEL0.x
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
(1)
1
UCB0SIMO/UCB0SDA
X
(2)
TA0.CCI0A
0
TA0.0
1
TB1.CCI2A
7
P1DIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
(1)
P1.7 (I/O)
P1.7/TB1.2/UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL/TA1.0
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
TB1.2
I: 0; O: 1
(1)
(1)
UCB0SOMI/UCB0SCL
0
1
X (2)
TA1.CCI0A
0
TA1.0
1
Not available on all devices and package types.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_B0 module.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
73
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.11.4 Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.2) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-12 shows the port diagram. Table 6-42 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
DVSS
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
From module 3
11
P2.0/TB2.0/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
P2.1/TB2.1/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
P2.2/TB2.2/UCB0CLK/TB1.0
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
D
To modules
Figure 6-12. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.2) Diagram
Table 6-42. Port P2 (P2.0 to P2.2) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
x
FUNCTION
P2.0 (I/O)
TB2.CCI0A
P2.0/TB2.0/UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO/TB0CLK/ACLK
0
TB2.0
UCA0TXD/UCA0SIMO
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
X
(2)
0
1
TB2.1
I: 0; O: 1
(1)
0
(1)
1
UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI
X
(2)
TB0.CCI0A
0
TB0.0
1
TB2.2
I: 0; O: 1
(1)
0
(1)
1
UCB0CLK
TB1.0
74
1
ACLK
TB1.CCI0A
(1)
(2)
(3)
0
0
TB0CLK
TB2.CCI2A
2
0
1
P2.2 (I/O)
P2.2/TB2.2/UCB0CLK/TB1.0
P2SEL0.x
0
(1)
TB2.CCI1A
1
P2SEL1.x
I: 0; O: 1
(1)
P2.1 (I/O)
P2.1/TB2.1/UCA0RXD/UCA0SOMI/TB0.0
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P2DIR.x
(1)
X
(1)
(3)
0
1
Not available on all devices and package types.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A0 module.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_B0 module.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.5 Port P2 (P2.3 and P2.4) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-13 shows the port diagram. Table 6-43 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CDPD.x
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/CD10
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/CD11
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-13. Port P2 (P2.3 and P2.4) Diagram
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
75
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-43. Port P2 (P2.3 and P2.4) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
x
FUNCTION
P2.3 (I/O)
P2.3/TA0.0/UCA1STE/A6/CD10
3
(3)
(2) (4)
1
1
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
X
(1)
TA1.CCI0B
0
TA1.0
1
(2) (3)
(2) (4)
A7
CD11
76
0
1
UCA1CLK
(3)
(4)
0
TA0.0
P2.4 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
P2SEL0.x
0
0
A6 (2)
CD10
4
P2SEL1.x
I: 0; O: 1
TA0.CCI0B
UCA1STE
P2.4/TA1.0/UCA1CLK/A7/CD11
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P2DIR.x
X
(1)
X
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A1 module.
Setting P2SEL1.x and P2SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Not available on all devices and package types.
Setting the CDPD.x bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents
when applying analog signals. Selecting the CDx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CDx bits automatically disables output
driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CDPD.x bit.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.6 Port P2 (P2.5 and P2.6) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-14 shows the port diagram. Table 6-44 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
From module 2
10
01
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
From module 2
10
DVSS
11
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
P2.6/TB1.0/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-14. Port P2 (P2.5 and P2.6) Diagram
Table 6-44. Port P2 (P2.5 and P2.6) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
x
FUNCTION
P2.5(I/O)
P2.5/TB0.0/UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
5
(1)
TB0.CCI0B
TB0.0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
(1)
(1)
X
(2)
I: 0; O: 1
(1)
0
(1)
UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
(1)
(2)
I: 0; O: 1
1
TB1.CCI0B
TB1.0
P2SEL0.x
(1)
P2.6(I/O)
6
P2SEL1.x
(1)
UCA1TXD/UCA1SIMO
P2.6/TB1.0/UCA1RXD/UCA1SOMI
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P2DIR.x
1
(1)
X
(2)
Not available on all devices and package types.
Direction controlled by eUSCI_A1 module.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
77
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.11.7 Port P2 (P2.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-15 shows the port diagram. Table 6-45 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
P2REN.x
P2DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P2OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
P2.7
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
P2IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
D
To modules
Figure 6-15. Port P2 (P2.7) Diagram
Table 6-45. Port P2 (P2.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P2.x)
P2.7
(1)
78
x
7
FUNCTION
P2.7(I/O)
(1)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P2DIR.x
P2SEL1.x
P2SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Not available on all devices and package types.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.8 Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.3) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-16 shows the port diagram. Table 6-46 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
To ADC
From ADC
To Comparator
From Comparator
CDPD.x
P3REN.x
P3DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P3OUT.x
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P3.0/A12/CD12
P3.1/A13/CD13
P3.2/A14/CD14
P3.3/A15/CD15
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
P3IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-16. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.3) Diagram
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
79
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-46. Port P3 (P3.0 to P3.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P3.x)
x
FUNCTION
P3.0 (I/O)
P3.0/A12/CD12
0
P3.1/A13/CD13
1
P3.2/A14/CD14
2
P3.3/A15/CD15
3
A12 (1) (2)
CD12 (1) (3)
P3.1 (I/O)
A13 (1) (2)
CD13 (1) (3)
P3.2 (I/O)
A14 (1) (2)
CD14 (1) (3)
P3.3 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
(3)
80
A15 (1) (2)
CD15 (1) (3)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P3DIR.x
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
1
1
Setting P1SEL1.x and P1SEL0.x disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents when
applying analog signals.
Not available on all devices and package types.
Setting the CDPD.x bit of the comparator disables the output driver and the input Schmitt trigger to prevent parasitic cross currents
when applying analog signals. Selecting the CDx input pin to the comparator multiplexer with the CDx bits automatically disables output
driver and input buffer for that pin, regardless of the state of the associated CDPD.x bit.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.9 Port P3 (P3.4 to P3.6) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-17 shows the port diagram. Table 6-47 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
DVSS
P3REN.x
P3DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P3OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
From module 1
01
DVSS
10
From module 2
11
P3.4/TB1.1/TB2CLK/SMCLK
P3.5/TB1.2/CDOUT
P3.6/TB2.1/TB1CLK
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
P3IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-17. Port P3 (P3.4 to P3.6) Diagram
Table 6-47. Port P3 (P3.4 to P3.6) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P3.x)
x
FUNCTION
P3.4 (I/O)
(1)
TB1.CCI1B
P3.4/TB1.1/TB2CLK/SMCLK
4
TB1.1
(1)
SMCLK
6
(1)
(1)
TB1CLK
(1)
(1)
TB2.CCI1B
TB2.1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
I: 0; O: 1
0
1
P3.6 (I/O)
P3.6/TB2.1/TB1CLK
(1)
(1)
CDOUT
0
1
(1)
TB1.CCI2B
TB1.2
P3SEL0.x
0
0
(1)
P3.5 (I/O)
5
P3SEL1.x
I: 0; O: 1
1
(1)
TB2CLK
P3.5/TB1.2/CDOUT
(1)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P3DIR.x
(1)
0
1
(1)
0
Not available on all devices and package types.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
81
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.11.10 Port Port P3 (P3.7) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-18 shows the port diagram. Table 6-48 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
P3REN.x
P3DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P3OUT.x
00
From module 1
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P3.7/TB2.2
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
P3IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-18. Port P3 (P3.7) Diagram
Table 6-48. Port P3 (P3.7) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P3.x)
x
FUNCTION
P3.7 (I/O)
P3.7/TB2.2
7
TB2.CCI2B
TB2.2
(1)
82
(1)
(1)
(1)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P3DIR.x
P3SEL1.x
P3SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
1
Not available on all devices and package types.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.11 Port Port P4 (P4.0) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-19 shows the port diagram. Table 6-49 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
P4REN.x
P4DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P4OUT.x
00
From module 1
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
P4.0/TB2.0
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
P4IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-19. Port P4 (P4.0) Diagram
Table 6-49. Port P4 (P4.0) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P4.x)
x
FUNCTION
P4.0 (I/O)
P4.0/TB2.0
0
TB2.CCI0B
TB2.0
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P4DIR.x
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
0
1
0
1
Not available on all devices and package types.
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
83
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
6.11.12 Port Port P4 (P4.1) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-20 shows the port diagram. Table 6-50 summarizes the selection of the pin functions.
Pad Logic
P4REN.x
P4DIR.x
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
P4OUT.x
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
P4.1
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
P4IN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-20. Port P4 (P4.1) Diagram
Table 6-50. Port P4 (P4.1) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (P4.x)
P4.1
(1)
x
1
FUNCTION
P4.1 (I/O)
(1)
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
P4DIR.x
P4SEL1.x
P4SEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
Not available on all devices and package types.
6.11.13 Port Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.3) JTAG Pins TDO, TMS, TCK, TDI/TCLK, Input/Output
With Schmitt Trigger or Output
Figure 6-21 and Figure 6-22 show the port diagrams. Table 6-51 summarizes the selection of the pin
functions.
84
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
To Comparator
From Comparator
CDPD.x
From JTAG
From JTAG
From JTAG
Pad Logic
1
PJREN.x
0
00
PJDIR.x
1
01
10
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
0
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
1
JTAG enable
00
PJOUT.x
From module 1
01
1
DVSS
10
0
DVSS
11
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/CD6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/TB1OUTH/MCLK/CD7
PJ.2/TMS/TB2OUTH/ACLK/CD8
PJSEL1.x
PJSEL0.x
PJIN.x
Bus
Keeper
EN
D
To modules
and JTAG
Figure 6-21. Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.2) Diagram
To Comparator
From Comparator
CDPD.x
Pad Logic
From JTAG
From JTAG
From JTAG
1
PJREN.x
PJDIR.x
0
00
1
01
10
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
0
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
1
JTAG enable
PJOUT.x
00
DVSS
01
1
DVSS
10
0
DVSS
11
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
PJSEL1.x
PJSEL0.x
PJIN.x
EN
To modules
and JTAG
Bus
Keeper
D
Figure 6-22. Port PJ (PJ.3) Diagram
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
85
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-51. Port PJ (PJ.0 to PJ.3) Pin Functions
PIN NAME (PJ.x)
x
FUNCTION
PJ.0 (I/O)
TDO
PJ.0/TDO/TB0OUTH/SMCLK/CD6
0
(2)
(3)
1
PJ.1 (I/O)
TDI/TCLK
(3) (4)
86
0
1
1
1
PJSEL0.x
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
X
0
1
1
0
MCLK
1
X
1
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
(3) (4)
X
X
X
TB2OUTH
0
ACLK
1
0
1
1
1
TCK
CD9
(4)
X
TB1OUTH
(2)
X
PJ.3 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
(3)
X
X
(2)
CD8
3
0
X
1
TMS
PJ.3/TCK/CD9
0
0
PJ.2 (I/O)
2
PJSEL1.x
SMCLK
CD7
PJ.2/TMS/TB2OUTH/ACLK/CD8
PJDIR.x
I: 0; O: 1
TB0OUTH
CD6
PJ.1/TDI/TCLK/TB1OUTH/MCLK/CD7
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS (1)
(3) (4)
(2)
I: 0; O: 1
0
0
X
X
X
X
1
1
X = Don't care
Default condition
The pin direction is controlled by the JTAG module. JTAG mode selection is made by the SYS module or by the Spy-Bi-Wire four-wire
entry sequence. PJSEL1.x and PJSEL0.x have no effect in these cases.
In JTAG mode, pullups are activated automatically on TMS, TCK, and TDI/TCLK. PJREN.x are don't care.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.11.14 Port Port PJ (PJ.4 and PJ.5) Input/Output With Schmitt Trigger
Figure 6-23 and Figure 6-24 show the port diagrams. Table 6-52 summarizes the selection of the pin
functions.
Pad Logic
To XT1 XIN
PJREN.4
PJDIR.4
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.4
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
PJ.4/XIN
PJSEL1.4
PJSEL0.4
PJIN.4
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-23. Port PJ (PJ.4) Diagram
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
87
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Pad Logic
To XT1 XOUT
PJSEL0.4
XT1BYPASS
PJREN.5
PJDIR.5
00
01
10
Direction
0: Input
1: Output
11
PJOUT.5
00
DVSS
01
DVSS
10
DVSS
11
DVSS
0
DVCC
1
1
PJ.5/XOUT
PJSEL1.5
PJSEL0.5
PJIN.5
Bus
Keeper
EN
To modules
D
Figure 6-24. Port PJ (PJ.5) Diagram
Table 6-52. Port PJ (PJ.4 and PJ.5) Pin Functions
CONTROL BITS OR SIGNALS
PIN NAME (P7.x)
x
FUNCTION
PJ.4 (I/O)
PJ.4/XIN
4
XIN crystal mode
XIN bypass mode
(2)
(2)
PJ.5 (I/O)
PJ.5/XOUT
5
XOUT crystal mode
(2)
PJ.5 (I/O)
(1)
(2)
(3)
88
(3)
(1)
PJSEL0.4
XT1
BYPASS
0
0
X
0
1
0
X
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
0
1
0
I: 0; O: 1
X
X
0
1
1
PJDIR.x
PJSEL1.5
PJSEL0.5 PJSEL1.4
I: 0; O: 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I: 0; O: 1
X = Don't care
Setting PJSEL1.4 = 0 and PJSEL0.4 = 1 causes the general-purpose I/O to be disabled. When XT1BYPASS = 0, PJ.4 and PJ.5 are
configured for crystal operation and PJSEL1.5 and PJSEL0.5 are don't care. When XT1BYPASS = 1, PJ.4 is configured for bypass
operation and PJ.5 is configured as general-purpose I/O.
When PJ.4 is configured in bypass mode, PJ.5 is configured as general-purpose I/O.
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
6.12 Device Descriptors (TLV)
Table 6-53 and Table 6-54 list the complete contents of the device descriptor tag-length-value (TLV)
structure for each device type.
Table 6-53. Device Descriptor Table
DESCRIPTION
FR5737
FR5736
FR5735
05h
05h
05h
05h
05h
CRC length
01A01h
05h
05h
05h
05h
05h
01A02h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A03h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Device ID
01A04h
03h
02h
01h
77h
76h
Device ID
01A05h
81h
81h
81h
81h
81h
Hardware revision
01A06h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Firmware revision
01A07h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Die record tag
01A08h
08h
08h
08h
08h
08h
Die record length
01A09h
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
01A0Ah
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Bh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Ch
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Dh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Eh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Fh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A10h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A11h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A12h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A13h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
ADC10 calibration
tag
01A14h
13h
13h
13h
05h
13h
ADC10 calibration
length
01A15h
10h
10h
10h
10h
10h
01A16h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A17h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A18h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A19h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
ADC 1.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 30°C
01A1Ah
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A1Bh
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
ADC 1.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 85°C
01A1Ch
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A1Dh
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
ADC 2.0-V reference
Temp. sensor 30°C
01A1Eh
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A1Fh
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
ADC 2.0-V reference
Temp. sensor 85°C
01A20h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A21h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
ADC 2.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 30°C
01A22h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A23h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
ADC 2.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 85°C
01A24h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
01A25h
per unit
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
Die Record
Die X position
Die Y position
Test results
ADC gain factor
ADC offset
(1)
FR5738
01A00h
Lot/wafer ID
ADC10
Calibration
VALUE
FR5739
Info length
CRC value
Info Block
ADDRESS
(1)
NA = Not applicable
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
89
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
Table 6-53. Device Descriptor Table (1) (continued)
DESCRIPTION
REF
Calibration
ADDRESS
VALUE
FR5739
FR5738
FR5737
FR5736
FR5735
REF calibration tag
01A26h
12h
12h
12h
12h
12h
REF calibration
length
01A27h
06h
06h
06h
06h
06h
01A28h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A29h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Ah
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Bh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Ch
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Dh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
REF 1.5-V reference
REF 2.0-V reference
REF 2.5-V reference
Table 6-54. Device Descriptor Table
DESCRIPTION
FR5732
FR5731
FR5730
05h
01A00h
05h
05h
05h
05h
01A01h
05h
05h
05h
05h
05h
01A02h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A03h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Device ID
01A04h
00h
7Fh
75h
7Eh
7Ch
Device ID
01A05h
81h
80h
81h
80h
80h
Hardware revision
01A06h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Firmware revision
01A07h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Die record tag
01A08h
08h
08h
08h
08h
08h
Die record length
01A09h
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
0Ah
01A0Ah
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Bh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Ch
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Dh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Eh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A0Fh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A10h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A11h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A12h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A13h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Die Record
Die X position
Die Y position
Test results
90
FR5733
Info length
Lot/wafer ID
(1)
VALUE
FR5734
CRC length
CRC value
Info Block
ADDRESS
(1)
NA = Not applicable
Detailed Description
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
Table 6-54. Device Descriptor Table (1) (continued)
DESCRIPTION
FR5733
FR5732
FR5731
FR5730
01A14h
13h
13h
13h
05h
13h
ADC10 calibration
length
01A15h
10h
10h
10h
10h
10h
01A16h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A17h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A18h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC Offset
REF
Calibration
VALUE
FR5734
ADC10 calibration
tag
ADC gain factor
ADC10
Calibration
ADDRESS
01A19h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC 1.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 30°C
01A1Ah
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A1Bh
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC 1.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 85°C
01A1Ch
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A1Dh
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.0-V reference
Temp. sensor 30°C
01A1Eh
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A1Fh
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.0-V reference
Temp. sensor 85°C
01A20h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A21h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 30°C
01A22h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A23h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
ADC 2.5-V reference
Temp. sensor 85°C
01A24h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
01A25h
per unit
NA
NA
per unit
per unit
REF calibration tag
01A26h
12h
12h
12h
12h
12h
REF Calibration
length
01A27h
06h
06h
06h
06h
06h
01A28h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
REF 1.5-V reference
REF 2.0-V reference
REF 2.5-V reference
01A29h
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Ah
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Bh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Ch
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
01A2Dh
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
per unit
Detailed Description
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
91
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
7 Device and Documentation Support
7.1
Getting Started
TI provides all of the hardware platforms and software components and tooling you need to get started
today! Not only that, TI has many complementary components to meet your needs. For an overview of the
MSP430™ MCU product line, the available development tools and evaluation kits, and advanced
development resources, visit the MSP430 Getting Started page.
7.2
Device Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
MSP430 MCU devices and support tools. Each MSP430 MCU commercial family member has one of
three prefixes: MSP, PMS, or XMS (for example, MSP430F5438A). TI recommends two of three possible
prefix designators for its support tools: MSP and MSPX. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of
product development from engineering prototypes (with XMS for devices and MSPX for tools) through fully
qualified production devices and tools (with MSP for devices and MSP for tools).
Device development evolutionary flow:
XMS – Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the electrical specifications for the
final device
PMS – Final silicon die that conforms to the electrical specifications for the device but has not completed
quality and reliability verification
MSP – Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
MSPX – Development-support product that has not yet completed TI's internal qualification testing.
MSP – Fully-qualified development-support product
XMS and PMS devices and MSPX development-support tools are shipped against the following
disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."
MSP devices and MSP development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices (XMS and PMS) have a greater failure rate than the standard
production devices. TI recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because
their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, PZP) and temperature range (for example, T). Figure 7-1 provides a legend
for reading the complete device name for any family member.
92
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
MSP 430 F 5 438 A I ZQW T -EP
Processor Family
Optional: Additional Features
MCU Platform
Optional: Tape and Reel
Device Type
Packaging
Series
Feature Set
Processor Family
Optional: Temperature Range
Optional: A = Revision
CC = Embedded RF Radio
MSP = Mixed-Signal Processor
XMS = Experimental Silicon
PMS = Prototype Device
430 = MSP430 low-power microcontroller platform
MCU Platform
Device Type
Memory Type
C = ROM
F = Flash
FR = FRAM
G = Flash or FRAM (Value Line)
L = No Nonvolatile Memory
Series
1 Series = Up to 8 MHz
2 Series = Up to 16 MHz
3 Series = Legacy
4 Series = Up to 16 MHz with LCD
Feature Set
Various Levels of Integration Within a Series
Optional: A = Revision
N/A
Specialized Application
AFE = Analog Front End
BT = Preprogrammed with Bluetooth
BQ = Contactless Power
CG = ROM Medical
FE = Flash Energy Meter
FG = Flash Medical
FW = Flash Electronic Flow Meter
5 Series = Up to 25 MHz
6 Series = Up to 25 MHz with LCD
0 = Low-Voltage Series
Optional: Temperature Range S = 0°C to 50°C
C = 0°C to 70°C
I = –40°C to 85°C
T = –40°C to 105°C
Packaging
http://www.ti.com/packaging
Optional: Tape and Reel
T = Small Reel
R = Large Reel
No Markings = Tube or Tray
Optional: Additional Features -EP = Enhanced Product (–40°C to 105°C)
-HT = Extreme Temperature Parts (–55°C to 150°C)
-Q1 = Automotive Q100 Qualified
Figure 7-1. Device Nomenclature
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
93
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
7.3
www.ti.com
Tools and Software
Table 7-1 lists the debug features supported by these microcontrollers. See the Code Composer Studio
for MSP430 User's Guide for details on the available features.
Table 7-1. Hardware Features
MSP430
ARCHITECTURE
4-WIRE
JTAG
2-WIRE
JTAG
BREAKPOINTS
(N)
RANGE
BREAKPOINTS
CLOCK
CONTROL
STATE
SEQUENCER
TRACE
BUFFER
LPMx.5
DEBUGGING
SUPPORT
MSP430Xv2
Yes
Yes
3
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Design Kits and Evaluation Modules
EEPROM Emulation and Sensing With MSP430 FRAM Microcontrollers This TI Design reference
design describes an implementation of emulating EEPROM using Ferroelectric Random
Access Memory (FRAM) technology on MSP430™ ultra-low-power microcontrollers (MCUs)
combined with the additional sensing capabilities that can be enabled when using an MCU.
The reference design supports both I2C and SPI interface to a host processor with multiple
slave addressing.
MSP-EXP430FR5739 Experimenter Board The MSP-EXP430FR5739 Experimenter Board is a
development platform for the MSP430FR57xx devices. It supports this new generation of
MSP430 microcontroller devices with integrated Ferroelectric Random Access Memory
(FRAM). The board is compatible with many TI low-power RF wireless evaluation modules
such as the CC2520EMK. The Experimenter Board helps designers quickly learn and
develop using the new MSP430FR57xx MCUs, which provide the industry's lowest overall
power consumption, fast data read /write and unbeatable memory endurance. The MSPEXP430FR5739 Experimenter Board can help evaluate and drive development for data
logging applications, energy harvesting, wireless sensing, automatic metering infrastructure
(AMI) and many others.
MSP-TS430RHA40A - 40-pin Target Development Board for MSP430FRxx FRAM MCUs The MSPTS430RHA40A is a stand-alone 40-pin ZIF socket target board used to program and debug
the MSP430 MCU in-system through the JTAG interface or the Spy Bi-Wire (2-wire JTAG)
protocol.
Software
MSP430FR573x, MSP430FR572x C Code Examples C Code examples are available for every MSP
device that configures each of the integrated peripherals for various application needs.
MSPWare™ Software MSPWare software is a collection of code examples, data sheets, and other
design resources for all MSP devices delivered in a convenient package. In addition to
providing a complete collection of existing MSP design resources, MSPWare software also
includes a high-level API called MSP Driver Library. This library makes it easy to program
MSP hardware. MSPWare software is available as a component of CCS or as a stand-alone
package.
MSP Driver Library Driver Library's abstracted API keeps you above the bits and bytes of the MSP430
hardware by providing easy-to-use function calls. Thorough documentation is delivered
through a helpful API Guide, which includes details on each function call and the recognized
parameters. Developers can use Driver Library functions to write complete projects with
minimal overhead.
MSP EnergyTrace™ Technology EnergyTrace technology for MSP430 microcontrollers is an energybased code analysis tool that measures and displays the application’s energy profile and
helps to optimize it for ultra-low-power consumption.
94
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
ULP (Ultra-Low Power) Advisor ULP Advisor™ software is a tool for guiding developers to write more
efficient code to fully utilize the unique ultra-low power features of MSP and MSP432
microcontrollers. Aimed at both experienced and new microcontroller developers, ULP
Advisor checks your code against a thorough ULP checklist to squeeze every last nano amp
out of your application. At build time, ULP Advisor will provide notifications and remarks to
highlight areas of your code that can be further optimized for lower power.
IEC60730 Software Package The IEC60730 MSP430 software package was developed to be useful in
assisting customers in complying with IEC 60730-1:2010 (Automatic Electrical Controls for
Household and Similar Use – Part 1: General Requirements) for up to Class B products,
which includes home appliances, arc detectors, power converters, power tools, e-bikes, and
many others. The IEC60730 MSP430 software package can be embedded in customer
applications running on MSP430s to help simplify the customer’s certification efforts of
functional safety-compliant consumer devices to IEC 60730-1:2010 Class B.
Fixed-Point Math Library for MSP The MSP IQmath and Qmath Libraries are a collection of highly
optimized and high-precision mathematical functions for C programmers to seamlessly port a
floating-point algorithm into fixed-point code on MSP430 and MSP432 devices. These
routines are typically used in computationally intensive real-time applications where optimal
execution speed, high accuracy, and ultra-low energy are critical. By using the IQmath and
Qmath libraries, it is possible to achieve execution speeds considerably faster and energy
consumption considerably lower than equivalent code written using floating-point math.
Floating-Point Math Library for MSP430 Continuing to innovate in the low power and low cost
microcontroller space, TI brings you MSPMATHLIB. Leveraging the intelligent peripherals of
our devices, this floating point math library of scalar functions brings you up to 26x better
performance. Mathlib is easy to integrate into your designs. This library is free and is
integrated in both Code Composer Studio and IAR IDEs. Read the user’s guide for an in
depth look at the math library and relevant benchmarks.
Development Tools
Code Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment for MSP Microcontrollers
Code
Composer Studio is an integrated development environment (IDE) that supports all MSP
microcontroller devices. Code Composer Studio comprises a suite of embedded software
utilities used to develop and debug embedded applications. It includes an optimizing C/C++
compiler, source code editor, project build environment, debugger, profiler, and many other
features. The intuitive IDE provides a single user interface taking you through each step of
the application development flow. Familiar utilities and interfaces allow users to get started
faster than ever before. Code Composer Studio combines the advantages of the Eclipse
software framework with advanced embedded debug capabilities from TI resulting in a
compelling feature-rich development environment for embedded developers. When using
CCS with an MSP MCU, a unique and powerful set of plugins and embedded software
utilities are made available to fully leverage the MSP microcontroller.
Command-Line Programmer MSP Flasher is an open-source shell-based interface for programming
MSP microcontrollers through a FET programmer or eZ430 using JTAG or Spy-Bi-Wire
(SBW) communication. MSP Flasher can download binary files (.txt or .hex) files directly to
the MSP microcontroller without an IDE.
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
95
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
www.ti.com
MSP MCU Programmer and Debugger The MSP-FET is a powerful emulation development tool – often
called a debug probe – which allows users to quickly begin application development on MSP
low-power microcontrollers (MCU). Creating MCU software usually requires downloading the
resulting binary program to the MSP device for validation and debugging. The MSP-FET
provides a debug communication pathway between a host computer and the target MSP.
Furthermore, the MSP-FET also provides a Backchannel UART connection between the
computer's USB interface and the MSP UART. This affords the MSP programmer a
convenient method for communicating serially between the MSP and a terminal running on
the computer. It also supports loading programs (often called firmware) to the MSP target
using the BSL (bootloader) through the UART and I2C communication protocols.
MSP-GANG Production Programmer The MSP Gang Programmer is an MSP430 or MSP432 device
programmer that can program up to eight identical MSP430 or MSP432 Flash or FRAM
devices at the same time. The MSP Gang Programmer connects to a host PC using a
standard RS-232 or USB connection and provides flexible programming options that allow
the user to fully customize the process. The MSP Gang Programmer is provided with an
expansion board, called the Gang Splitter, that implements the interconnections between the
MSP Gang Programmer and multiple target devices. Eight cables are provided that connect
the expansion board to eight target devices (through JTAG or Spy-Bi-Wire connectors). The
programming can be done with a PC or as a stand-alone device. A PC-side graphical user
interface is also available and is DLL-based.
7.4
Documentation Support
The following documents describe the MSP430FR573x MCUs. Copies of these documents are available
on the Internet at www.ti.com.
To receive notification of documentation updates—including silicon errata—go to the product folder for
your device on ti.com (for example, MSP430FR5739). In the upper right corner, click the "Alert me" button.
This registers you to receive a weekly digest of product information that has changed (if any). For change
details, check the revision history of any revised document.
Errata
MSP430FR5739 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5738 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5737 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5736 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5735 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5734 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5733 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5732 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
MSP430FR5731 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
96
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
MSP430FR5730 Device Erratasheet Describes the known exceptions to the functional specifications for
each silicon revision of this device.
User's Guides
MSP430FR57xx Family User's Guide Detailed description of all modules and peripherals available in this
device family.
Code Composer Studio v6.1 for MSP430 User's Guide This manual describes the use of TI Code
Composer Studio IDE v6.1 (CCS v6.1) with the MSP430 ultra-low-power microcontrollers.
This document applies only for the Windows version of the Code Composer Studio IDE. The
Linux version is similar and, therefore, is not described separately.
IAR Embedded Workbench Version 3+ for MSP430 User's Guide This manual describes the use of
IAR Embedded Workbench (EW430) with the MSP430 ultra-low-power microcontrollers.
MSP430 Programming With the Bootloader (BSL) The MSP430 bootloader (BSL, formerly known as
the bootstrap loader) allows users to communicate with embedded memory in the MSP430
microcontroller during the prototyping phase, final production, and in service. Both the
programmable memory (flash memory) and the data memory (RAM) can be modified as
required. Do not confuse the bootloader with the bootstrap loader programs found in some
digital signal processors (DSPs) that automatically load program code (and data) from
external memory to the internal memory of the DSP.
MSP430 Programming Via the JTAG Interface This document describes the functions that are required
to erase, program, and verify the memory module of the MSP430 flash-based and FRAMbased microcontroller families using the JTAG communication port. In addition, it describes
how to program the JTAG access security fuse that is available on all MSP430 devices. This
document describes device access using both the standard 4-wire JTAG interface and the 2wire JTAG interface, which is also referred to as Spy-Bi-Wire (SBW).
MSP430 Hardware Tools User's Guide This manual describes the hardware of the TI MSP-FET430
Flash Emulation Tool (FET). The FET is the program development tool for the MSP430 ultralow-power microcontroller. Both available interface types, the parallel port interface and the
USB interface, are described.
Application Reports
MSP430 32-kHz Crystal Oscillators Selection of the right crystal, correct load circuit, and proper board
layout are important for a stable crystal oscillator. This application report summarizes crystal
oscillator function and explains the parameters to select the correct crystal for MSP430 ultralow-power operation. In addition, hints and examples for correct board layout are given. The
document also contains detailed information on the possible oscillator tests to ensure stable
oscillator operation in mass production.
MSP430 System-Level ESD Considerations System-Level ESD has become increasingly demanding
with silicon technology scaling towards lower voltages and the need for designing costeffective and ultra-low-power components. This application report addresses three different
ESD topics to help board designers and OEMs understand and design robust system-level
designs: (1) Component-level ESD testing and system-level ESD testing, their differences
and why component-level ESD rating does not ensure system-level robustness. (2) General
design guidelines for system-level ESD protection at different levels including enclosures,
cables, PCB layout, and on-board ESD protection devices. (3) Introduction to System
Efficient ESD Design (SEED), a co-design methodology of on-board and on-chip ESD
protection to achieve system-level ESD robustness, with example simulations and test
results. A few real-world system-level ESD protection design examples and their results are
also discussed.
Device and Documentation Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
97
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
7.5
www.ti.com
Related Links
Table 7-2 lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community
resources, tools and software, and quick access to sample or buy.
Table 7-2. Related Links
PARTS
PRODUCT FOLDER
SAMPLE & BUY
TECHNICAL
DOCUMENTS
TOOLS &
SOFTWARE
SUPPORT &
COMMUNITY
MSP430FR5739
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5738
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5737
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5736
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5735
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5734
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5733
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5732
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5731
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
MSP430FR5730
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
Click here
7.6
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E™ Community
TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration among engineers. At
e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas, and help solve problems with fellow
engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki
Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help developers get started with embedded
processors from Texas Instruments and to foster innovation and growth of general knowledge about the
hardware and software surrounding these devices.
7.7
Trademarks
MSP430, MSPWare, EnergyTrace, ULP Advisor, Code Composer Studio, E2E are trademarks of Texas
Instruments.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7.8
Electrostatic Discharge Caution
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
7.9
Export Control Notice
Recipient agrees to not knowingly export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any product or technical data
(as defined by the U.S., EU, and other Export Administration Regulations) including software, or any
controlled product restricted by other applicable national regulations, received from disclosing party under
nondisclosure obligations (if any), or any direct product of such technology, to any destination to which
such export or re-export is restricted or prohibited by U.S. or other applicable laws, without obtaining prior
authorization from U.S. Department of Commerce and other competent Government authorities to the
extent required by those laws.
98
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
MSP430FR5739, MSP430FR5738, MSP430FR5737, MSP430FR5736, MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734, MSP430FR5733, MSP430FR5732, MSP430FR5731, MSP430FR5730
www.ti.com
SLAS639K – JULY 2011 – REVISED APRIL 2016
7.10 Glossary
TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
8 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information
8.1
Packaging Information
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the
most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and
revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Links: MSP430FR5739 MSP430FR5738 MSP430FR5737 MSP430FR5736 MSP430FR5735
MSP430FR5734 MSP430FR5733 MSP430FR5732 MSP430FR5731 MSP430FR5730
Copyright © 2011–2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated
99
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
31-Jan-2016
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
MSP430FR5730IPW
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
50
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5730
MSP430FR5730IPWR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5730
MSP430FR5730IRGER
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5730
MSP430FR5730IRGET
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5730
MSP430FR5731IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5731
MSP430FR5731IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5731
MSP430FR5731IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5731
MSP430FR5731IRHAT
NRND
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5731
MSP430FR5732IPW
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
50
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5732
MSP430FR5732IPWR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5732
MSP430FR5732IRGER
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5732
MSP430FR5732IRGET
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5732
MSP430FR5733IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5733
MSP430FR5733IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5733
MSP430FR5733IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5733
MSP430FR5733IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5733
MSP430FR5734IPW
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
50
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5734
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
Orderable Device
31-Jan-2016
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
MSP430FR5734IPWR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5734
MSP430FR5734IRGER
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5734
MSP430FR5735IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5735
MSP430FR5735IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5735
MSP430FR5735IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5735
MSP430FR5735IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5735
MSP430FR5736IPW
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
50
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5736
MSP430FR5736IPWR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5736
MSP430FR5736IRGER
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5736
MSP430FR5736IRGET
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5736
MSP430FR5737IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5737
MSP430FR5737IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5737
MSP430FR5737IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5737
MSP430FR5737IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5737
MSP430FR5738IPW
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
50
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5738
MSP430FR5738IPWR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5738
MSP430FR5738IRGER
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5738
MSP430FR5738IRGET
ACTIVE
VQFN
RGE
24
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
430FR
5738
Addendum-Page 2
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
Orderable Device
31-Jan-2016
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
MSP430FR5738IYQDR
ACTIVE
DSBGA
YQD
24
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5738
MSP430FR5738IYQDT
ACTIVE
DSBGA
YQD
24
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 85
430FR5738
MSP430FR5739IDA
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
40
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5739
MSP430FR5739IDAR
ACTIVE
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
-40 to 85
M430FR5739
MSP430FR5739IRHAR
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5739
MSP430FR5739IRHAT
ACTIVE
VQFN
RHA
40
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 85
M430
FR5739
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
Addendum-Page 3
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
31-Jan-2016
(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
OTHER QUALIFIED VERSIONS OF MSP430FR5739 :
• Enhanced Product: MSP430FR5739-EP
NOTE: Qualified Version Definitions:
• Enhanced Product - Supports Defense, Aerospace and Medical Applications
Addendum-Page 4
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
13-Jun-2016
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
MSP430FR5730IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
330.0
16.4
6.9
10.2
1.8
12.0
16.0
Q1
MSP430FR5730IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
330.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5730IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
180.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5731IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5731IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5731IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5732IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
330.0
16.4
6.9
10.2
1.8
12.0
16.0
Q1
MSP430FR5732IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
330.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5732IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
180.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5733IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5733IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5733IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5734IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
330.0
16.4
6.9
10.2
1.8
12.0
16.0
Q1
MSP430FR5734IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
330.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5735IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5735IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5735IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5736IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
330.0
16.4
6.9
10.2
1.8
12.0
16.0
Q1
Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
13-Jun-2016
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
MSP430FR5736IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
330.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5736IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
180.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5737IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5737IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5737IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5738IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
330.0
16.4
6.9
10.2
1.8
12.0
16.0
Q1
MSP430FR5738IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
330.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5738IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
180.0
12.4
4.25
4.25
1.15
8.0
12.0
Q2
MSP430FR5738IYQDR
DSBGA
YQD
24
3000
180.0
8.4
2.13
2.33
0.69
4.0
8.0
Q2
MSP430FR5739IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
330.0
24.4
8.6
13.0
1.8
12.0
24.0
Q1
MSP430FR5739IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
330.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5739IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
MSP430FR5739IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
180.0
16.4
6.3
6.3
1.1
12.0
16.0
Q2
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
MSP430FR5730IPWR
MSP430FR5730IRGER
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
367.0
367.0
38.0
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
MSP430FR5730IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5731IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
Pack Materials-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
13-Jun-2016
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
MSP430FR5731IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5731IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5732IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5732IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
MSP430FR5732IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5733IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5733IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5733IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5734IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5734IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
MSP430FR5735IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5735IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5735IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5736IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5736IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
MSP430FR5736IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5737IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5737IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5737IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5738IPWR
TSSOP
PW
28
2000
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5738IRGER
VQFN
RGE
24
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
MSP430FR5738IRGET
VQFN
RGE
24
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5738IYQDR
DSBGA
YQD
24
3000
182.0
182.0
20.0
MSP430FR5739IDAR
TSSOP
DA
38
2000
367.0
367.0
45.0
MSP430FR5739IRHAR
VQFN
RHA
40
2500
367.0
367.0
38.0
MSP430FR5739IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
MSP430FR5739IRHAT
VQFN
RHA
40
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
Pack Materials-Page 3
D: Max = 2.271 mm, Min = 2.21 mm
E: Max = 2.07 mm, Min = 2.01 mm
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2016, Texas Instruments Incorporated